]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
Merge pull request #16196 from mrc0mmand/travis-simplification
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 246 in spe:
4
5 * The various programs included in systemd can now optionally output
6 their log messages on stderr prefixed with a timestamp, controlled by
7 the $SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME environment variable.
8
9 * A new boolean kernel command line option systemd.swap= has been
10 added, which may be used to turn off automatic activation of swap
11 devices, as listed in /etc/fstab.
12
13 * The CPUAffinity= setting in service unit files now supports a new
14 special value "numa". If used, the NUMA mask is copied into the CPU
15 affinity mask.
16
17 * The man pages for the sd-bus and sd-hwdb APIs have been completed.
18
19 * networkctl gained the new "forcerenew" command for forcing all DHCP
20 server clients to renew their lease. The interface "status" output
21 will now show numerous additional fields of information about an
22 interface. There are new "up" and "down" commands to bring specific
23 interfaces up or down.
24
25 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6Prefix] section in .network files gained a
26 new boolean setting Assign=. If enabled an address from the prefix is
27 automatically assigned to the interface.
28
29 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting
30 IPv6PDSubnetId= that allows explicit configuration of the preferred
31 subnet that networkd's Prefix Delegation logic assigns to an
32 interfaces.
33
34 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the HTB queuing
35 discipline in the [HierarchyTokenBucket] and
36 [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] sections. Similar the "pfifo" qdisc may
37 be configured in the [PFIFO] section, "GRED" in
38 [GenericRandomEarlyDetection], "SFB" in [StochasticFairBlue], "cake"
39 in [CAKE], "PIE" in [PIE], "DRR" in [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] and
40 [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass], "BFIFO" in [BFIFO],
41 "PFIFOHeadDrop" in [PFIFOHeadDrop], "PFIFOFast" in [PFIFOFast] and
42 "HHF" in [HeavyHitterFilter].
43
44 * systemd-networkd gained support for a new Termination= setting in the
45 [CAN] section for configuring the termination resistor. It also
46 gained a new ListenOnly= setting for controlling whether to only
47 listen on CAN interfaces, without interfering with traffic otherwise
48 (which is useful for debugging/monitoring CAN network
49 traffic). DataBitRate=, DataSamplePoint=, FDMode=, FDNonISO= have
50 been added to configure various CAN-FD aspects.
51
52 * .link files managed by systemd-udevd gained options RxFlowControl=,
53 TxFlowControl=, AutoNegotiationFlowControl= in the [Link] section, in
54 order to configure various flow control parameters. They also gained
55 RxMiniBufferSize= and RxJumboBufferSize= in order to configure jumbo
56 frame ring buffer sizes.
57
58 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new WithoutRA= boolean
59 setting. If enabled, DHCPv6 will be attempted right-away without
60 requiring an Router Advertisement packet suggesting it
61 first. Conversely, the [IPv6AcceptRA] gained a boolean option
62 DHCPv6Client= that may be used to turn off the DHCPv6 client even if
63 the RA packets suggest it.
64
65 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] section gained a new setting UseGateway=
66 which may be used to turn off use of the gateway information provided
67 by the DHCP lease. A new FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec= setting may be
68 used to configure how to process leases that lack a lifetime option.
69
70 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] and [DHCPServer] sections gained a new
71 setting SendVendorOption= allowing configuration of additional vendor
72 options to send in the DHCP requests/responses. The [DHCPv6] section
73 gained a new SendOption= setting for sending arbitrary DHCP
74 options. RequestOptions= has been added to request arbitrary options
75 from the server. UserClass= has been added to set the DHCP user class
76 field.
77
78 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPServer] section gained a new set of options
79 EmitPOP3=/POP3=, EmitSMTP=/SMTP=, EmitLPR=/LPR= for including server
80 information about these three protocols in the DHCP lease. It also
81 gained support for including "MUD" URLs ("Manufacturer Usage
82 Description"). Support for "MUD" URLs was also added to the LLDP
83 stack, configurable in the [LLDP] section in .network files.
84
85 * systemd-resolved's DNS= configuration option now optionally accepts
86 DNS server addresses suffixed by "#" followed by a host name. If
87 used, the DNS-over-TLS certificate is validated to match the
88 specified hostname.
89
90 * systemd-resolved may be configured to forward single-label DNS names.
91 This is not standard-conformant, but may make sense in setups where
92 public DNS servers are not used.
93
94 * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation.
95
96 * The fs.suid_dumpable sysctl is set to 2 / "suidsafe". This allows
97 systemd-coredump to save core files for suid processes. When saving
98 the core file, systemd-coredump will use the effective uid and gid of
99 the process that faulted.
100
101 * "systemctl list-units" and "systemctl list-machines" no longer hide
102 their first output column with --no-legend. To hide the first column,
103 use --plain.
104
105 * The service manager gained basic support for cgroup v2 freezer. Units
106 can now be suspended or resumed either using new systemctl verbs,
107 freeze and thaw respectively, or via D-Bus.
108
109 * systemd-udevd gained new configuration option timeout_signal= as well
110 as coresponding kernel command line option udev.timeout_signal.
111 The option can be used to configure the UNIX signal that the main
112 daemon sends to the worker processes on timeout.
113
114 * A new sd-path.h API has been added to libsystemd. It provides a
115 simple API for retrieving various search paths and primary
116 directories for various resources.
117
118 * The sd-bus API gained a number of convenience functions that take
119 va_list arguments rather than "...". For example, there's now
120 sd_bus_call_methodv() to match sd_bus_call_method(). Previously,
121 these were missing since the calls are convenience calls only and
122 could be put together from the more low-level functions they build
123 on.
124
125 * sd-bus vtable entries learnt a new flag SD_BUS_VTABLE_ABSOLUTE_OFFSET
126 which alters how the userdata pointer to pass to the callbacks is
127 determined. If the flag is set the offset field is converted as-is
128 into a pointer, without adding it to the object pointer the vtable is
129 associated with.
130
131 * sd-bus now exposes four new functions:
132 sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_service_name_is_valid() +
133 sd_bus_member_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_object_path_is_valid() will
134 validate strings to check if they qualify as various D-Bus concepts.
135
136 * The sd-bus API gained the SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS(),
137 SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS_OFFSET() and SD_BUS_SIGNAL_WITH_ARGS() macros
138 that simplify adding argument names to D-Bus methods and signals.
139
140 * systemctl gained a new "-P" switch that is a shortcut for "--value
141 --property=…".
142
143 * The expectations on user/group name syntax are now documented in
144 detail; documentation how classic home directories may be converted
145 into home directories managed by homed has been added; documentation
146 regarding integration of homed/userdb functionality in desktops has
147 been added:
148
149 https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES
150 https://systemd.io/CONVERTING_TO_HOMED
151 https://systemd.io/USERDB_AND_DESKTOPS
152
153 * systemd-run gained a new switch --slice-inherit. If specified the
154 unit it generates is placed in the same slice as the systemd-run
155 process itself.
156
157 * service unit files now accept a new setting CoredumpFilter= which
158 allows configuration of the memory sections coredumps of the
159 service's processes shall include.
160
161 * coredumpctl gained a new --file= switch, matching the same one in
162 journalctl: a specific journal file may be specified to read the
163 coredump data from.
164
165 * Various D-Bus APIs of systemd daemons now have man pages that
166 document the methods, signals and properties.
167
168 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting Audit= that may be used to
169 control whether systemd-journald will enable audit during
170 initialization.
171
172 * A new default .network file is now shipped that matches TUN/TAP
173 devices that begin with "vt-" in their name. Such interfaces will
174 have IP routing onto the host links set up automatically. This is
175 supposed to be used by VM managers to trivially acquire a network
176 interface which is fully set up for host communication, simply by
177 carefully picking an interface name to use.
178
179 * All D-Bus services shipped in systemd now implement the generic
180 LogControl1 D-Bus API which allows clients to change log level +
181 target of the service during runtime.
182
183 * systemd-nspawn's --resolv-conf= switch gained a number of new
184 supported values. Specifically, options starting with "replace-" are
185 like those prefixed "copy-" but replace any existing resolv.conf
186 file. And options ending in "-uplink" and "-stub" can now be used to
187 propagate other flavours of resolv.conf into the container (as
188 defined by systemd-resolved).
189
190 * systemd-binfmt gained a new switch --unregister for unregistering all
191 registered entries at once. This is now invoked automatically at
192 shutdown, so that binary formats registered with the "F" flag will
193 not block clean file system unmounting.
194
195 * Unit files, tmpfiles.d/ snippets, sysusers.d/ snippets and other
196 configuration files that support specifier expansion learnt six new
197 specifiers: %a resolves to the current architecture, %o/%w/%B/%W
198 resolve to the various ID fields from /etc/os-release, %l resolves to
199 the "short" hostname of the system, i.e. the kernel configured
200 hostname, truncated at the first dot.
201
202 * systemd-notify's --pid= switch gained new values: "parent", "self",
203 "auto" for controlling which PID to send to the service manager: the
204 systemd-notify process' PID, or the one of the process invoking it.
205
206 * When sending a file descriptor (fd) to the service manager to keep
207 track of, using the sd_notify() mechanism, a new parameter FDPOLL=0
208 may be specified. If passed the service manager will refrain from
209 poll()ing on the file descriptor. Traditionally (and when the
210 parameter is not specified), the service manager will poll it for
211 POLLHUP or POLLERR events, and immediately close the fds in that
212 case.
213
214 * A new call sd_notify_barrier() has been added to the sd-daemon.h
215 API. The call will block until all previously sent sd_notify()
216 messages have been processed by the service manager. This is useful
217 to remove races caused by a process already having disappeared at the
218 time a notification message is processed by the service manager,
219 making correct attribution impossible. The systemd-notify tool will
220 now make use of this call implicitly, but this can be turned off again
221 via the new --no-block switch.
222
223 * systemd-logind's Session bus object learnt a new method call
224 SetType() for temporarily updating the session type of an already
225 allocated session. This is useful for upgrading tty sessions to
226 graphical ones once a compositor is invoked.
227
228 * .mount units gained a new ReadWriteOnly= boolean option. If set
229 it will not be attempted to mount a file system read-only if mounting
230 in read-write mode doesn't succeed. An option x-systemd.rw-only is
231 available in /etc/fstab to control the same.
232
233 * coredumps collected by systemd-coredump may now be compressed using
234 the zstd algorithm.
235
236 * journalctl's "-o cat" output mode will now show one or more journal
237 fields specified with --output-fields= instead of unconditionally
238 MESSAGE=. This is useful to retrieve a very specific set of fields
239 without any decoration.
240
241 * systemd-socket-proxy gained a new switch --exit-idle-time= for
242 configuring an exit-on-idle time.
243
244 * systemd-homed's LUKS backend gained the ability to discard empty file
245 system blocks automatically when the user logs out. This is enabled
246 by default to ensure that home directories take minimal space when
247 logged out but get full size guarantees when logged in. This may be
248 controlled with the new --luks-offline-discard= switch to homectl.
249
250 * If systemd-homed detects that /home/ is encrypted as a whole it will
251 now default to the directory or subvolume backends instead of the
252 LUKS backend, in order to avoid double encryption. The default
253 storage and file system may now be configured explicitly, too, via
254 the new /etc/systemd/homed.conf configuration file.
255
256 * when systemd-journald's log stream is broken up into multiple lines
257 because the PID of the sender changed this is indicated in the
258 generated log records via the _LINE_BREAK=pid-change field.
259
260 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files now support a new setting
261 VLANProtocol= in the [Bridge] section that allows configuration of
262 the VLAN protocol to use.
263
264 * systemd-repart's --empty= setting gained a new value "create". If
265 specified a new empty regular disk image file is created under the
266 specified name. Its size may be specified with the new --size=
267 option. The latter is also supported without the "create" mode, in
268 order to grow existing disk image files to the specified size. These
269 two new options are useful when creating or manipulating disk images
270 instead of operating on actual block devices.
271
272 * systemd-repart drop-ins now support a new UUID= setting to control
273 the UUID to assign to a newly created partition.
274
275 * StandardError= and StandardOutput= in unit files no longer support
276 the "syslog" and "syslog-console" switches. They were long removed
277 from the documentation, but will now result in warnings when used,
278 and be converted to "journal" and "journal+console" automatically.
279
280 * systemd-networkd supports a new Group= setting in the [Link] section
281 of the .network files, to control the link group.
282
283 * Two new unit file settings
284 ConditionPathIsEncrypted=/AssertPathIsEncrypted= have been
285 added. They may be used to check whether a specific file system path
286 resides on a block device that is encrypted on the block level
287 (i.e. using dm-crypt/LUKS).
288
289 * Another pair of new settings ConditionEnvironment=/AssertEnvironment=
290 has been added that may be used for simple environment checks. This
291 is particularly useful when passing in environment variables from a
292 container manager (or from PAM in case of the systemd --user
293 instance).
294
295 * The /sys/module/kernel/parameters/crash_kexec_post_notifiers file is
296 now automatically set to "Y" at boot, in order to enable pstore
297 generation for collection with systemd-pstore.
298
299 * New kernel command line options systemd.condition-needs-update= and
300 systemd.condition-first-boot= have been added, which override the
301 result of the ConditionNeedsUpdate= and ConditionFirstBoot=
302 conditions.
303
304 * A new kernel command line option systemd.clock-usec= has been added
305 that allows setting the system clock to the specified time in µs
306 since Jan 1st, 1970 early during boot. This is in particular useful
307 in order to make test cases more reliable.
308
309 * A new kernel command line option systemd.hostname= has been added
310 that allows controlling the hostname that is initialized early during
311 boot.
312
313 * The /etc/crypttab tmp option now optionally takes an argument
314 selecting the file system to use. Moreover, the default is now
315 changed from ext2 to ext4.
316
317 * There's a new /etc/crypttab option "keyfile-erase". If specified the
318 key file listed in the same line is removed after use, regardless if
319 volume activation was successful or not. This is useful if the key
320 file is only acquired transiently at runtime and shall be erased
321 before the system continues to boot.
322
323 * There's also a new /etc/crypttab option "try-empty-password". If
324 specified, before asking the user for a password it is attempted to
325 unlock the volume with an empty password. This is useful for
326 installing encrypted images whose password shall be set on first boot
327 instead of at installation time.
328
329 * systemd-cryptsetup will now attempt to load the keys to unlock
330 volumes with automatically from files in
331 /etc/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key and
332 /run/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key, if any of these files exist.
333
334 * logind.conf gained a new RuntimeDirectoryInodesMax= setting to
335 control the inode limit for the per-user $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR tmpfs
336 instance.
337
338 * systemd-firstboot gained a new --root-password-hashed= parameter for
339 setting the root user's password as UNIX password hash. There's a new
340 --delete-root-password switch which instead of setting a password for
341 the root user, removes it so that log-in without a password is
342 permitted. There's now --force which if specified means any existing
343 configuration is overwritten by the specified settings. It also
344 gained a new --kernel-command-line= parameter which may be used to
345 set the /etc/kernel/cmdline file of an OS image.
346
347 * A new generator systemd-xdg-autostart-generator has been added. It
348 automatically generates systemd unit files from XDG autostart
349 .desktop files, and is useful for allowing systemd to manage services
350 defined that way safely and automatically.
351
352 * systemd will now log about all left-over processes remaining in a
353 unit when the unit is stopped. It will now warn about services using
354 KillMode=none, as this is generally an unsafe thing to make use of.
355
356 * .socket units gained a new boolean setting PassPacketInfo=. If
357 enabled, the kernel will attach additional per-packet metadata to all
358 packets read from the socket, as ancillary message. This controls the
359 IP_PKTINFO, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, NETLINK_PKTINFO socket options,
360 depending on socket type.
361
362 * A new boolean option AssignAcquiredDelegatedPrefixAddress= has been
363 added to the [DHCPv6] section of .network files. If enabled (which is
364 the default) an address from any acquired delegated prefix is
365 automatically chosen and assigned to the interface.
366
367 * "systemctl reboot" takes the option "--reboot-argument=".
368 The optional positional argument to "systemctl reboot" is now
369 being deprecated in favor of this option.
370
371 * Support for the .include syntax in unit files has been removed. The
372 concept has been obsolete for 6 years and we started warning about
373 its pending removal 2 years ago (also see NEWS file below). It's
374 finally gone now.
375
376 CHANGES WITH 245:
377
378 * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an
379 idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables.
380 Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be
381 configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition
382 table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing
383 partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative
384 and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental,
385 i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and
386 grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized
387 form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying
388 block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example,
389 the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a
390 swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be
391 used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with
392 just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is
393 primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before
394 transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the
395 transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing
396 the root file system, and should hence not require any additional
397 configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no
398 configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken.
399
400 * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon
401 "systemd-userdb.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework
402 allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format,
403 extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group"
404 structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to
405 process records in this format, including systemd-logind and
406 pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and
407 allow setting various resource management, security and runtime
408 parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the
409 user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating
410 such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be
411 produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that
412 eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so
413 that for the first time resource management and various other
414 per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then
415 provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system)
416 to apply on login. For further details see:
417
418 https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD
419 https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD
420 https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API
421
422 * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be
423 used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption.
424 The complete user record data is unified with the home directory,
425 thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary
426 back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories,
427 and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of
428 problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in
429 particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of
430 this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019:
431
432 https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories
433
434 For further details about the format and expectations on home
435 directories this new daemon makes, see:
436
437 https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY
438
439 * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main
440 instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit
441 systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named
442 log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the
443 unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added,
444 taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified
445 log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own
446 independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve
447 performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of
448 losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a
449 separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk
450 usage limitations and other settings.
451
452 journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a
453 specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained
454 sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific
455 log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on
456 idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means
457 log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on
458 demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing
459 resource usage.
460
461 * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it
462 will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database.
463
464 * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot
465 into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should
466 make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the
467 only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is
468 the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file.
469
470 * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now
471 understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in
472 /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1
473 itself and the default for all other processes.
474
475 * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or
476 equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that
477 sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new
478 database into account.
479
480 * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and
481 "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of
482 "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors
483 and significant delays in boot are shown on the console.
484
485 * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd"
486 concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors
487 instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes
488 process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's
489 components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process
490 watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope
491 to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this
492 requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches
493 processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play
494 together nicely with pidfds yet.)
495
496 * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls
497 sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a
498 watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for
499 marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the
500 event source watching it is freed).
501
502 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter
503 (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly,
504 support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay
505 Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added.
506
507 * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block
508 (IFB) network devices.
509
510 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes,
511 using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section.
512
513 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new
514 SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done
515 after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is
516 detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained
517 support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the
518 MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases.
519
520 * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of
521 .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=,
522 with its sense inverted.
523
524 * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained
525 support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured
526 static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP.
527
528 * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented
529 for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure
530 source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively.
531
532 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a
533 D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from
534 memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for
535 messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag
536 SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods
537 in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of
538 those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive".
539
540 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the
541 contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for
542 debugging purposes.
543
544 * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary
545 group named differently than the user.
546
547 * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab)
548 gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported
549 only ext4 and btrfs partitions.
550
551 * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If
552 set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the
553 initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in
554 /etc/fstab.
555
556 * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted
557 volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind
558 encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new
559 pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab.
560
561 * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options
562 x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units
563 that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of
564 the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target.
565
566 * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly
567 populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd
568 repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias
569 Bernard.
570
571 * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network
572 interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first
573 time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network
574 interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names
575 generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This
576 may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and
577 AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have
578 been updated to support the new alternative names wherever
579 appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate
580 alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container
581 veth links based on the full container name without truncation.
582
583 * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way
584 too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style
585 "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a
586 simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to
587 multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since
588 this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if
589 truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by
590 selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming-scheme= kernel
591 command line option.
592
593 * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the
594 systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager.
595
596 * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that
597 locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device
598 node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the
599 system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities.
600 Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services
601 that allow changing the clock, for example access to
602 systemd-timedated.
603
604 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or
605 resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128bit IDs, currently mostly
606 GPT partition table types.
607
608 * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support
609 /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been
610 added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see:
611
612 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
613
614 * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column
615 with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files
616 for the respective units.
617
618 * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified
619 commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show
620 all specified units along with all units they depend on.
621
622 * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its
623 "status" output.
624
625 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum
626 operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to
627 disappear.
628
629 * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new
630 option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the
631 permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC
632 address is used.
633
634 * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has
635 been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix
636 dropped from the individual setting names.
637
638 * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this
639 also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be
640 rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about
641 such files in version 243.
642
643 * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing
644 the virtual terminal via a polkit action. By default, only users
645 with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission.
646
647 * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes
648 shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting
649 PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes.
650
651 * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options
652 to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment
653 with stopping and disablement.
654
655 * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was
656 fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services
657 which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have
658 RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot
659 service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example
660 as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included
661 some internal systemd services (most notably
662 systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have
663 RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that
664 plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to
665 this systemd release. See
666 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some
667 additional discussion.
668
669 Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita
670 Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis,
671 Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles
672 (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt,
673 Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek,
674 Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David
675 Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
676 ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck
677 Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem
678 Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain
679 Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin
680 Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming,
681 Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca
682 Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew
683 Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike
684 Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange,
685 Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa
686 Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard,
687 Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain
688 Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas
689 Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser,
690 Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland
691 Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri
692 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu
693 DONG
694
695 – Warsaw, 2020-03-06
696
697 CHANGES WITH 244:
698
699 * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added.
700 Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new
701 AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new
702 AllowedMemoryNodes= setting.
703
704 * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may
705 now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This
706 allows units which signals to request termination to implement
707 different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart.
708
709 * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap
710 units.
711
712 * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable
713 SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when
714 modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration
715 on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to
716 cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to
717 set the EFI variable.
718
719 * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should
720 allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal
721 storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for
722 logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority
723 and overrides the systemd setting.
724
725 systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal
726 ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used
727 during early boot, so in practice this change has very little
728 effect.)
729
730 * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form
731 <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration
732 that affects all corresponding unit files.
733
734 * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will
735 stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it.
736
737 * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by
738 the unit being shown.
739
740 * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just
741 .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which
742 create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec=
743 setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration
744 of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins.
745
746 * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to
747 whitelist memory protection syscalls for containers and services
748 which need to use them.
749
750 * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on
751 exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded
752 exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where
753 driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd
754 processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was
755 preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers
756 are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit
757 when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With
758 systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using
759 TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service.
760
761 * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1
762 ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their
763 report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables.
764 This replaces the externally maintained whitelists of all known
765 security tokens that were used previously.
766
767 * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for whitelisted
768 devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should
769 improve power saving with many more devices.
770
771 * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching
772 against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary.
773 Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported.
774
775 * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their
776 capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to
777 use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of
778 interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open
779 the device in exclusive mode as they should.
780
781 * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local
782 addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was
783 breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being
784 created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested
785 with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes.
786
787 Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address
788 when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled.
789
790 * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with
791 the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings.
792
793 * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new
794 [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is
795 now supported.
796
797 * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the
798 [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings.
799
800 * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default
801 (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting).
802 The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true.
803
804 * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option
805 received from the server.
806
807 The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is
808 set.
809
810 The client may be configured to request specific options from the
811 server using a new RequestOptions= setting.
812
813 The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server
814 using a new SendOption= setting.
815
816 A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP
817 service type" value used by the client.
818
819 * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to
820 request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation.
821
822 * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using
823 a new SendOption= setting.
824
825 * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using
826 the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings.
827
828 * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand.
829 networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb.
830
831 * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl
832 gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and
833 "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices.
834
835 * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network,
836 i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID=
837 and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and
838 BSSID for wireless links.
839
840 .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the
841 new WLANInterfaceType= option.
842
843 * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables
844 link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network.
845
846 * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing
847 disciplines in the kernel using the new
848 [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=,
849 NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=,
850 NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=,
851 NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings.
852
853 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files.
854
855 * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in
856 the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually,
857 because some external program has modified the kernel configuration
858 on its own).
859
860 * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the
861 'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead
862 of the present time.
863
864 * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making
865 reproducible image builds easier).
866
867 * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader
868 Specification.
869
870 * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd
871 services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at
872 configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to
873 empty, the watchdogs will be disabled.
874
875 * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS
876 is being used.
877
878 * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required.
879
880 * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH
881 used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same
882 path as the system manager.
883
884 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for
885 outputting the 128bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical
886 representation").
887
888 * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which
889 makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log
890 buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused
891 with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the
892 /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made
893 inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting
894 for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the
895 kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all.
896
897 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey,
898 Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo
899 Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio
900 Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe,
901 Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David
902 Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald
903 A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger,
904 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen
905 Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan
906 Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
907 Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng,
908 Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering,
909 Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario
910 Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos,
911 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar,
912 Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas
913 Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel,
914 Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle,
915 Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan
916 Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage,
917 Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom
918 Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe,
919 Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
920
921 – Warsaw, 2019-11-29
922
923 CHANGES WITH 243:
924
925 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
926 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
927 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
928 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
929 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
930 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
931 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
932 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
933
934 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
935 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
936 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
937 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
938 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
939 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
940 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
941 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
942 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
943 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
944 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
945 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
946 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
947 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
948 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
949 documentation.
950
951 * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to
952 4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up
953 from the old 16bit range. This should improve security and
954 robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly
955 still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
956 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
957 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
958 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
959 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
960 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
961 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
962 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively
963 only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been
964 concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID
965 numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits
966 to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability.
967
968 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
969 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
970 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
971 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
972
973 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
974 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
975
976 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
977 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
978 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
979 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
980 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
981 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
982 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
983 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
984 caught up with the kernel API changes.
985
986 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
987 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
988 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
989 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate.
990 The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
991 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
992 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
993 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
994 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
995 packagers.
996
997 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
998 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
999
1000 build/man/man systemctl
1001 build/man/html systemd.index
1002
1003 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
1004 Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred.
1005
1006 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
1007 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
1008 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
1009 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
1010 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
1011 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
1012
1013 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
1014 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
1015 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
1016 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
1017 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
1018 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
1019 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
1020 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
1021 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
1022 unambiguously distinguished.
1023
1024 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
1025 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
1026 very rarely used.
1027
1028 To replace this functionality, users should:
1029 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
1030 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
1031 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
1032 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
1033 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
1034
1035 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
1036 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
1037 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
1038 interfaces should really be matched.
1039
1040 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
1041 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
1042 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
1043 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
1044 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
1045 mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
1046
1047 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
1048 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
1049 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
1050 stop the whole unit.
1051
1052 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
1053 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
1054 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
1055 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
1056 generated whenever a unit stops.
1057
1058 * Units may now configure an explicit timeout to wait for when killed
1059 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
1060 the regular TimeoutStopSec= timeout was applied in this case too —
1061 now a separate timeout may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
1062
1063 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
1064 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
1065 trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog
1066 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
1067 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
1068
1069 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
1070 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
1071 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
1072 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
1073 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
1074 programs set up externally.
1075
1076 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
1077 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
1078 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
1079 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
1080
1081 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
1082 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
1083 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
1084 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
1085 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
1086 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
1087 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
1088
1089 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
1090 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
1091 debugging easier. After a longer timeout they are forcibly killed,
1092 as before.
1093
1094 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
1095 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
1096 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
1097 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
1098 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
1099 links on terminals that support that.
1100
1101 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
1102 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
1103 unmounted safely during shutdown.
1104
1105 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
1106
1107 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
1108 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
1109 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
1110 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are
1111 not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers.
1112 The default remains unchanged.
1113
1114 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
1115 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
1116
1117 Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD
1118 udev property.
1119
1120 Those two changes form a new net.naming-policy-scheme= entry.
1121 Distributions which want to preserve naming stability may want to set
1122 the -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option.
1123
1124 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
1125 interfaces natively.
1126
1127 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
1128 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
1129 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
1130 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
1131
1132 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
1133 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It
1134 also learnt a new BlackList= option for blacklisting DHCP servers (a
1135 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
1136 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
1137 RELEASE message when terminating.
1138
1139 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
1140 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
1141
1142 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
1143 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
1144 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
1145 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
1146 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
1147 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
1148 with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
1149
1150 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
1151 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
1152 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
1153 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
1154 added to the GENEVE support.
1155
1156 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
1157 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
1158 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
1159 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
1160 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
1161
1162 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
1163 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
1164 onto the network device.
1165
1166 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
1167 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
1168 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
1169 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
1170 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
1171
1172 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
1173 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
1174 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
1175
1176 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
1177 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
1178
1179 * The address family for policy rules may be specified using the new
1180 Family= option in the [RoutingPolicyRule] section.
1181
1182 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
1183 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
1184 statistics.
1185
1186 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
1187 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
1188 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
1189
1190 * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more
1191 detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices.
1192
1193 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
1194 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
1195 specific udev properties.
1196
1197 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
1198 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
1199 "lo" as underlying device.
1200
1201 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
1202 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
1203 IP addresses, too.
1204
1205 * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is
1206 simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if
1207 IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given
1208 interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise.
1209
1210 * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was
1211 changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries.
1212 It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one
1213 binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr.
1214
1215 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
1216 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
1217 the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut.
1218
1219 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
1220 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
1221 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
1222
1223 * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs:
1224
1225 - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is
1226 similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which
1227 does the same for recurring calendar events.
1228
1229 - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e.
1230 durations as opposed to points in time).
1231
1232 - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ=
1233 expressions.
1234
1235 - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status
1236 codes to their names and back.
1237
1238 - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit
1239 file paths and unit aliases.
1240
1241 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
1242 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR"
1243 is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be
1244 displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above.
1245
1246 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
1247 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
1248 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
1249 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
1250 devices securely with strict requirements on session membership.
1251 Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness
1252 changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or
1253 udev rules for that purpose.
1254
1255 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
1256 a device to be initialized.
1257
1258 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
1259 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
1260 used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device.
1261
1262 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
1263 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
1264 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
1265 with gcc's cleanup extension.
1266
1267 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
1268 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128bit ID in UUID format
1269 with printf().
1270
1271 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
1272 XML introspection data unmodified.
1273
1274 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
1275 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
1276 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
1277 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
1278
1279 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
1280 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots.
1281 Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular
1282 reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in
1283 the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some
1284 drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be
1285 configured to handle the watchdog.
1286
1287 Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to
1288 RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The
1289 old name is still accepted for compatibility.
1290
1291 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
1292 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a
1293 different tty to be selected than the built-in default.
1294
1295 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
1296 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
1297 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
1298 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
1299 (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination).
1300
1301 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
1302 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
1303 review.
1304
1305 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
1306 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
1307
1308 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
1309 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
1310
1311 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
1312 failures to apply them are now ignored.
1313
1314 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
1315 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
1316 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
1317 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
1318
1319 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full
1320 initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require
1321 /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this
1322 service.
1323
1324 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
1325 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
1326 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
1327 cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
1328 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
1329 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
1330 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
1331 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
1332 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
1333 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
1334 replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether
1335 a seed was received from the boot loader.
1336
1337 * bootctl gained two new verbs:
1338
1339 - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI
1340 variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described
1341 above.
1342
1343 - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently
1344 installed.
1345
1346 * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured
1347 (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the
1348 bootloader entry).
1349
1350 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
1351 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
1352
1353 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
1354
1355 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
1356 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
1357 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
1358 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
1359 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
1360
1361 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
1362 option that permits selecting the timeout how long to wait for a
1363 device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
1364
1365 * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the
1366 BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+.
1367
1368 * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues:
1369 systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see
1370 https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports.
1371
1372 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht
1373 Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey,
1374 Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris
1375 Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy,
1376 Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan
1377 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
1378 Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas
1379 Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor,
1380 Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui,
1381 Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López
1382 Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob
1383 Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan
1384 Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen,
1385 Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
1386 Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski,
1387 Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy,
1388 Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca
1389 Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt,
1390 Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
1391 Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný,
1392 Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85,
1393 Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE,
1394 Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert
1395 Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
1396 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
1397 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
1398 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala,
1399 Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann,
1400 William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan,
1401 Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
1402
1403 – Camerino, 2019-09-03
1404
1405 CHANGES WITH 242:
1406
1407 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
1408 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
1409 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
1410 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
1411 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
1412 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
1413 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
1414
1415 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
1416 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
1417
1418 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
1419 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
1420 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
1421 may be used to view this.
1422
1423 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
1424 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
1425 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
1426 ```
1427 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
1428 [Match]
1429 Type=bridge
1430
1431 [Link]
1432 MACAddressPolicy=none
1433 ```
1434
1435 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
1436 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
1437 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
1438 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
1439 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
1440 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
1441 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
1442
1443 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
1444 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
1445
1446 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
1447 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
1448
1449 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
1450 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
1451
1452 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
1453 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
1454 is a USB peripheral).
1455
1456 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
1457 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
1458 measured.
1459
1460 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
1461 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
1462 have privileges to do so).
1463
1464 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
1465 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
1466 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
1467
1468 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
1469 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
1470 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
1471 namespace.
1472
1473 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
1474 in which case environment variable substitution is
1475 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
1476
1477 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
1478 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
1479 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
1480 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
1481 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
1482
1483 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
1484 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
1485 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
1486 installed CPU cores.
1487
1488 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
1489 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
1490 kernel 4.15.
1491
1492 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
1493 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
1494 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
1495 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
1496 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
1497
1498 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
1499 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
1500 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
1501
1502 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
1503 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
1504 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
1505 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
1506 enslaved devices is not operational.
1507
1508 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
1509 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
1510
1511 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
1512 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
1513 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
1514 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
1515 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
1516 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
1517
1518 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
1519 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
1520
1521 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
1522
1523 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
1524 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
1525 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
1526
1527 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
1528 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
1529
1530 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
1531 configure CAN triple sampling.
1532
1533 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
1534 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
1535
1536 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
1537 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
1538 details.
1539
1540 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
1541 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
1542 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
1543 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
1544 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
1545 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
1546
1547 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
1548
1549 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
1550 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
1551 controlling project quota inheritance.
1552
1553 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
1554 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
1555 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
1556 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
1557 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
1558 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
1559 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
1560 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
1561 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
1562 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
1563 partition.
1564
1565 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
1566 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
1567 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
1568 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
1569 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
1570
1571 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
1572 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
1573
1574 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
1575 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
1576 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
1577 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
1578 be used in production yet.
1579
1580 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
1581 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
1582 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
1583 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
1584 input, output, and error are set up.
1585
1586 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
1587
1588 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
1589 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
1590 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
1591
1592 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
1593 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
1594 the specified expression will elapse next.
1595
1596 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
1597 introspection data.
1598
1599 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
1600 the reboot() system call expects.
1601
1602 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
1603 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
1604 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
1605
1606 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
1607 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
1608 ConditionVirtualization=).
1609
1610 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
1611 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
1612 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
1613 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
1614 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
1615 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
1616 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
1617 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
1618 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
1619 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
1620 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
1621 during reboot with their own operations.
1622
1623 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
1624 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
1625 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
1626 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
1627
1628 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
1629 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
1630 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
1631 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
1632 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
1633
1634 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
1635 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
1636
1637 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
1638 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
1639 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
1640 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
1641 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
1642 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
1643 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
1644 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
1645 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
1646
1647 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
1648 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
1649 prohibited.
1650
1651 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
1652 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
1653 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
1654 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
1655 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
1656 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
1657 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
1658 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
1659
1660 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
1661 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
1662 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
1663 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
1664 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
1665 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
1666 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
1667 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
1668 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
1669 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
1670 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
1671 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
1672 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
1673 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
1674 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
1675 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
1676 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
1677 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1678
1679 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
1680
1681 CHANGES WITH 241:
1682
1683 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
1684 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
1685 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
1686
1687 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
1688 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
1689 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
1690 include the package release information.
1691
1692 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
1693 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
1694 option.
1695
1696 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
1697 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
1698 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
1699
1700 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
1701 again.
1702
1703 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
1704 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
1705 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
1706 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
1707 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
1708 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
1709 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
1710 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
1711 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
1712 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
1713 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
1714 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
1715 installed .link files to *not* include it.
1716
1717 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
1718 "persistent", now works again as documented.
1719
1720 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
1721 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
1722
1723 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
1724 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
1725 used for side-channel attacks.
1726
1727 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
1728 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
1729 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
1730
1731 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
1732 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
1733 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
1734 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
1735 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
1736 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
1737
1738 fs.protected_regular = 0
1739 fs.protected_fifos = 0
1740
1741 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
1742 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
1743
1744 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
1745 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
1746 POSIX shells.
1747
1748 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
1749 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
1750
1751 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
1752 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
1753 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
1754 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
1755 points but otherwise empty.
1756
1757 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
1758 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
1759 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
1760
1761 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
1762 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
1763
1764 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
1765 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
1766
1767 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
1768 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
1769 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
1770 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
1771 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
1772 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
1773 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
1774 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
1775 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
1776 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
1777 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
1778 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
1779 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
1780 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
1781 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
1782 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1783 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
1784
1785 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
1786
1787 CHANGES WITH 240:
1788
1789 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
1790 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
1791 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
1792 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
1793 an SELinux policy update is required.
1794 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
1795
1796 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
1797 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
1798 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
1799 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
1800 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
1801 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
1802 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
1803 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
1804 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
1805 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
1806
1807 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
1808 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
1809 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
1810 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
1811 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
1812 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
1813 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
1814 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
1815 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
1816 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
1817 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
1818 the search path.
1819
1820 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
1821 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
1822 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
1823 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
1824 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
1825 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
1826 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
1827 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
1828 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
1829 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
1830 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
1831 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
1832 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
1833 start job.
1834
1835 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
1836 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
1837 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
1838 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
1839 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
1840 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
1841 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
1842 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
1843 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
1844 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
1845
1846 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
1847 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
1848 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
1849 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
1850 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
1851 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
1852 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
1853 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
1854 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
1855 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
1856 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
1857 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
1858 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
1859 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
1860 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
1861 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
1862 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
1863 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
1864 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
1865 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
1866 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
1867 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
1868 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
1869 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
1870 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
1871 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
1872 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
1873 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
1874 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
1875 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
1876 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
1877 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
1878 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
1879 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
1880 Java.)
1881
1882 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
1883 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
1884 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
1885 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
1886 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
1887 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
1888 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
1889 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
1890 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
1891 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
1892
1893 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
1894 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
1895 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
1896 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
1897 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
1898 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
1899
1900 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
1901 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
1902 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
1903 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
1904 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
1905
1906 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
1907 https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
1908
1909 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
1910 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
1911 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
1912
1913 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
1914 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
1915
1916 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
1917 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
1918 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
1919
1920 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
1921 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
1922 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
1923 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
1924 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
1925 latency.
1926
1927 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
1928 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
1929
1930 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
1931 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
1932 instance part of a unit name.
1933
1934 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
1935 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
1936 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
1937 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
1938 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
1939 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
1940 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
1941 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
1942 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
1943
1944 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
1945 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
1946 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
1947 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
1948
1949 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
1950 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
1951 to a file, and appending to it.
1952
1953 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
1954 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
1955 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
1956 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
1957 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
1958 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
1959
1960 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
1961 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
1962 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
1963 having to touch C code.
1964
1965 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
1966 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
1967
1968 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
1969 DNS-over-TLS.
1970
1971 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
1972 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
1973 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
1974
1975 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
1976 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
1977 until the system finished start-up.
1978
1979 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
1980
1981 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
1982 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
1983 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
1984 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
1985 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
1986 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
1987 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
1988
1989 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
1990 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
1991 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
1992 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
1993 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
1994 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
1995 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
1996 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
1997 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
1998 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
1999 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
2000 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
2001
2002 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
2003 instantiate services.
2004
2005 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
2006 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
2007
2008 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
2009 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
2010 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
2011
2012 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
2013 it is neither used nor maintained.
2014
2015 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
2016 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
2017 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
2018 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
2019 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
2020 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
2021 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
2022 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
2023 separated by colons.
2024
2025 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
2026 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
2027
2028 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
2029 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
2030
2031 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
2032 "ethtool advertise" commands.
2033
2034 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
2035 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
2036 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
2037 directly.
2038
2039 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
2040 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
2041 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
2042 ID.
2043
2044 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
2045 and generate various 128bit IDs.
2046
2047 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
2048 and LOGO=.
2049
2050 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
2051 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
2052 from any hibernated image.
2053
2054 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
2055 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
2056 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
2057 kernel exports them.
2058
2059 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
2060 /usr/bin/.
2061
2062 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
2063 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
2064 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
2065 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
2066 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
2067 now documented here:
2068
2069 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
2070
2071 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
2072 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
2073 installs during early boot.
2074
2075 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
2076 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
2077
2078 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
2079 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
2080
2081 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
2082 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
2083 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
2084
2085 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
2086 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
2087 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
2088 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
2089 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
2090 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
2091 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
2092 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
2093 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
2094 is on AC power.
2095
2096 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
2097 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
2098 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
2099 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
2100 see:
2101
2102 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
2103
2104 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
2105 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
2106 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
2107 and container environments.
2108
2109 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
2110 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
2111 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
2112 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
2113
2114 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
2115 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
2116 journald per-service.
2117
2118 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
2119 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
2120
2121 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
2122 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
2123 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
2124 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
2125
2126 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
2127 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
2128 groups.
2129
2130 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
2131 --ephemeral command line switch.
2132
2133 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
2134 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
2135 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
2136 object itself.
2137
2138 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
2139 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
2140 not unloaded).
2141
2142 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
2143 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
2144 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
2145
2146 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
2147 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
2148 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
2149 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
2150 "dead" state on success.
2151
2152 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
2153 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
2154 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
2155 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
2156 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
2157 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
2158 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
2159 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
2160 well-defined system service context.
2161
2162 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
2163 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
2164 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
2165 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
2166
2167 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
2168 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
2169 continue to be used.
2170
2171 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
2172 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
2173 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
2174 for example:
2175
2176 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
2177
2178 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
2179 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
2180 the command line's exit code.
2181
2182 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
2183
2184 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
2185
2186 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
2187 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
2188 support to systemctl and all other commands.
2189
2190 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
2191 name as argument.
2192
2193 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
2194 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
2195 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
2196 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
2197 is improved.
2198
2199 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
2200 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
2201 initialize one to all 0xFF.
2202
2203 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
2204 all files and directories listed in
2205 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
2206 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
2207 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
2208 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
2209 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
2210 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
2211 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
2212 the transition to the host OS.
2213
2214 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
2215 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
2216 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
2217 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
2218 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
2219 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
2220 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
2221 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
2222 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
2223 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
2224 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
2225 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
2226 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
2227 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
2228 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
2229 these are opened they don't work.
2230
2231 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
2232 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
2233 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
2234 logic works again.
2235
2236 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
2237 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
2238 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
2239 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
2240 ignore it.
2241
2242 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
2243 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
2244 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
2245 commands.
2246
2247 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
2248 pam_systemd anymore.
2249
2250 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
2251 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
2252 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
2253 policy took effect.
2254
2255 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
2256 python-3.5.
2257
2258 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
2259 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
2260 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
2261 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
2262 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
2263 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
2264 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
2265 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
2266 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
2267 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
2268 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
2269 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
2270 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
2271 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
2272 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
2273 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
2274 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
2275 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
2276 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
2277 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
2278 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
2279 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
2280 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
2281 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
2282 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
2283 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
2284 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
2285 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
2286 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
2287 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
2288 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
2289 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
2290 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
2291 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
2292 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
2293 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
2294 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
2295 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
2296 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
2297 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
2298 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
2299 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
2300 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
2301 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
2302 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
2303
2304 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
2305
2306 CHANGES WITH 239:
2307
2308 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
2309 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
2310 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
2311 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
2312 a slot number associated.
2313
2314 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
2315 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
2316 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
2317 independent.
2318
2319 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
2320 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
2321 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
2322
2323 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
2324 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
2325 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
2326 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
2327
2328 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
2329 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
2330 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
2331 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
2332 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
2333 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
2334 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
2335 e.g. NIS.
2336
2337 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
2338 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
2339 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
2340 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
2341 may be necessary to update the file.
2342
2343 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
2344 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
2345 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
2346 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
2347 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
2348 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
2349 documentation.
2350
2351 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
2352 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
2353 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
2354 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
2355 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
2356 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
2357 them.
2358
2359 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
2360 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
2361 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
2362 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
2363 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
2364
2365 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
2366 now default to a system call whitelist (rather than a blacklist, as
2367 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
2368 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
2369 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
2370 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
2371 too, as the default whitelisting will prohibit all mount, swap,
2372 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
2373
2374 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
2375 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
2376 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
2377 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
2378 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
2379
2380 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
2381 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
2382 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
2383 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
2384 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
2385
2386 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
2387 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
2388 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
2389
2390 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
2391 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
2392 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
2393 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
2394 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
2395 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
2396 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
2397 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
2398 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
2399 systemd-resolved.service will result in a hostname lookup for which
2400 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
2401 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
2402 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
2403 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
2404 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
2405 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
2406 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
2407 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
2408 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
2409 from.
2410
2411 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
2412 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
2413 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
2414 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
2415
2416 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
2417 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
2418 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
2419 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
2420
2421 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
2422 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
2423 hibernates again.
2424
2425 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
2426 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
2427
2428 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
2429 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
2430 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
2431
2432 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
2433 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
2434 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
2435 was not configurable and set to 512.
2436
2437 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
2438 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
2439 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
2440 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
2441 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
2442 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
2443 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
2444 in particular su and sudo.
2445
2446 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
2447 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
2448 synchronization has been received from the network. This
2449 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
2450 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
2451 services.
2452
2453 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
2454 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
2455 files should work for hibernation now.
2456
2457 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
2458 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
2459 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
2460 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
2461 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
2462 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
2463 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
2464 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
2465 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
2466 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
2467 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
2468 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
2469 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
2470 name following the last dash.
2471
2472 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
2473 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
2474 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
2475 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
2476 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
2477
2478 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
2479 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
2480 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
2481 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
2482 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
2483 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
2484
2485 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
2486 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
2487 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
2488 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
2489
2490 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
2491 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
2492 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
2493 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
2494 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
2495
2496 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
2497 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
2498 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
2499 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
2500 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
2501 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
2502 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
2503 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
2504 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
2505 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
2506 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
2507 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
2508 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
2509
2510 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
2511 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
2512 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
2513 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
2514 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
2515 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
2516 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
2517 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
2518 settings.
2519
2520 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
2521 expiration feature, if it is available.
2522
2523 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
2524 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
2525 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
2526
2527 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
2528 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
2529
2530 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
2531
2532 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
2533 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
2534
2535 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
2536 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
2537 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
2538 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
2539 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
2540 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
2541 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
2542 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
2543 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
2544 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
2545 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
2546
2547 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
2548 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
2549 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
2550 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
2551
2552 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
2553 about its state.
2554
2555 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
2556 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
2557 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
2558 "timedatectl set-ntp".
2559
2560 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
2561 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
2562 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
2563 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
2564 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
2565 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
2566 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
2567 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
2568 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
2569 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
2570 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
2571
2572 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
2573 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
2574
2575 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
2576 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
2577 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
2578 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
2579 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
2580 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
2581
2582 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
2583 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
2584 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
2585 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
2586 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
2587 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
2588 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
2589
2590 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
2591 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
2592 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
2593 shown.)
2594
2595 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
2596 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
2597 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
2598 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
2599 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
2600 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
2601 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
2602 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
2603 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
2604
2605 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
2606 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
2607 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
2608
2609 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
2610 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
2611 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
2612 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
2613 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
2614 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
2615 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
2616 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
2617
2618 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
2619
2620 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
2621 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
2622 automatically when the system clock changed.)
2623
2624 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
2625 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
2626
2627 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
2628 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
2629 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
2630
2631 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
2632
2633 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
2634
2635 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
2636 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
2637
2638 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
2639 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
2640 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
2641 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
2642 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
2643 external user databases.
2644
2645 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
2646 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
2647 refused due to the enforced limits.
2648
2649 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
2650 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
2651 manages.
2652
2653 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
2654 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
2655 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
2656 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
2657 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
2658 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
2659 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
2660 where this is now used by default.
2661
2662 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
2663 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
2664
2665 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
2666 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
2667 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
2668 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
2669 update process in a generic way.
2670
2671 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
2672
2673 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
2674 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
2675 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
2676 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
2677 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
2678 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
2679 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
2680 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
2681 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
2682 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
2683 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
2684 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
2685 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
2686 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
2687 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
2688 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
2689 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
2690 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
2691 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
2692 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
2693 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
2694 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
2695 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
2696 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
2697 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
2698 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
2699 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
2700 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
2701 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2702
2703 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
2704
2705 CHANGES WITH 238:
2706
2707 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
2708 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
2709 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
2710 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
2711 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
2712 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
2713 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
2714 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
2715 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
2716 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
2717 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
2718 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
2719 to revert this change.
2720
2721 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
2722 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
2723 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
2724 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
2725 once at the end of the transaction.
2726
2727 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
2728 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
2729 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
2730 scripts.
2731
2732 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
2733 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
2734 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
2735 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
2736 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
2737 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
2738 still allowing local admin overrides.
2739
2740 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
2741 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
2742 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
2743
2744 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
2745 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
2746 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
2747 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
2748 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
2749
2750 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
2751 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
2752 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
2753 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
2754 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
2755 from package installation scripts.
2756
2757 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
2758 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
2759 without the user number ("u username -:456").
2760
2761 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
2762 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
2763
2764 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
2765 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
2766 /sbin/nologin for other users).
2767
2768 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
2769 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
2770 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
2771 --systemd, --user, or --global).
2772
2773 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
2774 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
2775 which are triggered meanwhile).
2776
2777 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
2778 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
2779 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
2780 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
2781 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
2782
2783 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
2784 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
2785 rotated very quickly.
2786
2787 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
2788 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
2789 pending bus messages.
2790
2791 * systemd gained a new
2792 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
2793 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
2794 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
2795 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
2796 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
2797 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
2798 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
2799 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
2800 session scope.
2801
2802 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
2803 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
2804 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
2805 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
2806 the tree to be accessed.
2807
2808 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
2809 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
2810 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
2811
2812 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
2813 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
2814 to keys in the main keyring.
2815
2816 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
2817
2818 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
2819 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
2820
2821 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
2822
2823 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
2824 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
2825 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
2826 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
2827 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
2828 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
2829 explicitly.
2830
2831 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
2832 the colour of "OK" status messages.
2833
2834 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
2835 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
2836 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
2837 be restarted.
2838
2839 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
2840 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
2841
2842 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
2843 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
2844 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
2845 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
2846 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
2847 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
2848 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
2849 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
2850 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
2851 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
2852 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
2853 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
2854 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
2855 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
2856 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
2857 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
2858
2859 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
2860
2861 CHANGES WITH 237:
2862
2863 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
2864 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
2865 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
2866 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
2867
2868 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
2869 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
2870 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
2871 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
2872 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
2873 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
2874 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
2875 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
2876 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
2877 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
2878
2879 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
2880 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
2881 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
2882 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
2883 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
2884 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
2885 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
2886 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
2887 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that reqires
2888 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
2889
2890 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
2891 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
2892 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
2893 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
2894 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
2895 now provides explicit control.
2896
2897 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
2898 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
2899 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
2900 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
2901 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
2902 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
2903 unit types that already supported transient operation.
2904
2905 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
2906 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
2907 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
2908
2909 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
2910 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
2911
2912 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
2913 .network files all gained support for a new condition
2914 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
2915 versions.
2916
2917 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
2918 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
2919 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
2920 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
2921 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
2922 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
2923 understands RapidCommit=.
2924
2925 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
2926 Delegation.
2927
2928 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
2929 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
2930 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
2931 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
2932 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
2933 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
2934 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
2935 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
2936 --watch-bind= command line switch.
2937
2938 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
2939 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
2940 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
2941 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
2942 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
2943 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
2944 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
2945 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
2946 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
2947 "Disconnected" signals).
2948
2949 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
2950 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
2951 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
2952 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
2953 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
2954 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
2955 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
2956 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
2957 round-trips are removed.
2958
2959 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
2960 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
2961 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
2962 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
2963
2964 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
2965 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
2966 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
2967 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
2968 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
2969 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
2970
2971 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
2972 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
2973 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
2974 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
2975 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
2976 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
2977 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
2978 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
2979 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
2980 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
2981
2982 * sd-event gained a new call pair
2983 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
2984 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
2985 when the event source is destroyed.
2986
2987 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
2988 connections.
2989
2990 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
2991 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
2992 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
2993 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
2994 new transitional flag file has been added: if
2995 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
2996 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
2997
2998 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
2999 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
3000 manager.
3001
3002 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
3003 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
3004 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
3005 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
3006 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
3007
3008 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
3009 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
3010 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
3011 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
3012 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
3013 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
3014
3015 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
3016 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
3017 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
3018 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
3019 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
3020 level/target is given as an argument.
3021
3022 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
3023 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
3024 where UID and GID do not match.
3025
3026 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
3027 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
3028 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
3029 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
3030 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
3031 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
3032 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
3033 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
3034 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
3035 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
3036 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
3037 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
3038 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
3039 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
3040 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
3041 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
3042 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
3043 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
3044 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
3045 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
3046 Палаузов
3047
3048 — Brno, 2018-01-28
3049
3050 CHANGES WITH 236:
3051
3052 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
3053 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
3054 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
3055 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
3056
3057 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
3058 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
3059 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
3060 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
3061 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
3062 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
3063 valid specifiers today.)
3064
3065 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
3066 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
3067 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
3068 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
3069 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
3070 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
3071
3072 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
3073 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
3074 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
3075 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
3076
3077 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
3078 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
3079 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
3080 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
3081 services are resolved properly.
3082
3083 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
3084 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
3085 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
3086 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
3087 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
3088 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
3089 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
3090 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
3091 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
3092 and btrfs.
3093
3094 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
3095 DNS server and domain information.
3096
3097 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
3098 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
3099 runtime.
3100
3101 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
3102 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
3103 empty for the first time.
3104
3105 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
3106 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
3107 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
3108 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
3109 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
3110 running in the user session.
3111
3112 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
3113 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
3114 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
3115 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
3116 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
3117 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
3118 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
3119 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
3120 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
3121 user instance).
3122
3123 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
3124 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
3125
3126 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
3127 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
3128 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
3129 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
3130
3131 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
3132 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
3133
3134 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
3135 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
3136 sleep verbs.
3137
3138 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
3139
3140 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
3141 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
3142
3143 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
3144
3145 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
3146 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
3147 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
3148
3149 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
3150 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
3151 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
3152 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
3153 instance.
3154
3155 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
3156 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
3157 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
3158
3159 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
3160 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
3161 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
3162
3163 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
3164
3165 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
3166 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
3167 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
3168 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
3169 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
3170 processes.
3171
3172 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
3173 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
3174 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
3175 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
3176
3177 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
3178 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
3179 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
3180
3181 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
3182 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
3183 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
3184 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
3185 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
3186
3187 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
3188 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
3189
3190 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
3191 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
3192 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
3193 time the specified expression would elapse.
3194
3195 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
3196 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
3197 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
3198 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
3199 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
3200 types, not just services.
3201
3202 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
3203 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
3204 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
3205 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
3206
3207 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
3208 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
3209 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
3210 interface for this purpose.
3211
3212 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
3213 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
3214 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
3215 anyway.
3216
3217 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
3218 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
3219 requirements of systemd.
3220
3221 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
3222 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
3223 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
3224
3225 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
3226 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
3227 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
3228 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
3229
3230 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
3231 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
3232 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
3233 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
3234
3235 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
3236 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
3237
3238 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
3239 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
3240 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
3241 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
3242 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
3243 managing software supports (such as pppd).
3244
3245 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
3246 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
3247 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
3248
3249 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
3250 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
3251 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
3252 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
3253 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
3254 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
3255 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
3256 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
3257 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
3258 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
3259 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
3260 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
3261 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
3262 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
3263 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
3264 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
3265 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
3266 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
3267 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
3268 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
3269 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
3270 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3271 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
3272
3273 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
3274
3275 CHANGES WITH 235:
3276
3277 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
3278 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
3279 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
3280 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
3281 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
3282 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
3283 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
3284 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
3285 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
3286 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
3287 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
3288 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
3289 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
3290 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
3291 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
3292 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
3293 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
3294 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
3295 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
3296 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
3297 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
3298 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
3299 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
3300 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
3301 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
3302 IPAddressDeny= see below.
3303
3304 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
3305 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
3306 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
3307 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
3308 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
3309 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
3310 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
3311 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
3312
3313 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
3314 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
3315 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
3316 used to change those values.
3317
3318 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
3319 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
3320 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
3321 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
3322 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
3323 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
3324
3325 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
3326 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
3327 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
3328 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
3329
3330 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
3331 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
3332 one top-level directory.
3333
3334 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
3335 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
3336 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
3337 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
3338 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
3339 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
3340 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
3341 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
3342 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
3343 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
3344 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
3345 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
3346 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
3347 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
3348 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
3349
3350 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
3351 Meson-only.
3352
3353 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
3354 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
3355 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
3356 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
3357 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
3358 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
3359 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
3360 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
3361 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
3362 acceptable to us.
3363
3364 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
3365 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
3366 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
3367 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
3368 hostname open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
3369 requested at build time.
3370
3371 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
3372 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
3373 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
3374 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
3375 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
3376 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
3377 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
3378 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
3379 Type= setting which permits configuring
3380 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
3381
3382 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
3383 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
3384 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
3385 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
3386 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
3387 local frames between bridge ports.
3388
3389 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
3390 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
3391 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
3392
3393 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
3394 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
3395
3396 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
3397 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
3398 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
3399 implement a system call whitelist instead of a blacklist.
3400
3401 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
3402 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
3403 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
3404 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
3405 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
3406 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
3407 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
3408 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
3409
3410 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
3411 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
3412 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
3413 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
3414 command.)
3415
3416 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
3417 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
3418 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
3419
3420 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
3421 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
3422 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
3423 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
3424
3425 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
3426 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
3427 configured, except for the credentials applied by
3428 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
3429 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
3430 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
3431 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
3432 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
3433 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
3434 on systems where this is not supported.
3435
3436 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
3437 sockets.
3438
3439 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
3440 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
3441 during runtime.
3442
3443 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
3444 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
3445 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
3446
3447 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
3448 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
3449 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
3450
3451 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
3452 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
3453 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
3454 Following this logic, two new special targets
3455 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
3456 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
3457 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
3458
3459 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
3460 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
3461 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
3462 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
3463
3464 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
3465 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
3466 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
3467 --wait".
3468
3469 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
3470 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
3471 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
3472 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
3473 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
3474 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
3475 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
3476 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
3477 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
3478
3479 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
3480 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
3481 containing information about the consumed resources of this
3482 invocation.
3483
3484 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
3485 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
3486 processes.
3487
3488 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
3489 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
3490 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
3491 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
3492 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
3493 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
3494 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
3495 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
3496 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
3497 systems for all five operations.
3498
3499 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
3500 the system.
3501
3502 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
3503 than UTC or the local timezone.
3504
3505 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
3506 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
3507 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
3508 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
3509 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
3510 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
3511 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
3512 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
3513
3514 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
3515 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
3516 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
3517 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
3518 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
3519 again.
3520
3521 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
3522 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
3523 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
3524
3525 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
3526 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
3527 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
3528 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
3529 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
3530 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
3531 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
3532 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
3533 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
3534 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
3535 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
3536 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
3537 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
3538 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
3539 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
3540 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
3541 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
3542 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
3543 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
3544 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3545
3546 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
3547
3548 CHANGES WITH 234:
3549
3550 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
3551 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
3552 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
3553 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
3554 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
3555 summary:
3556
3557 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
3558
3559 becomes:
3560
3561 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
3562
3563 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
3564 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
3565 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
3566 .device units.
3567
3568 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
3569 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
3570 running a systemd user instance.
3571
3572 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
3573 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
3574 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
3575 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
3576 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
3577 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
3578
3579 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
3580
3581 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
3582 (domain search list).
3583
3584 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
3585 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
3586 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
3587 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
3588 implementation of RA.
3589
3590 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
3591 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
3592 ISO date values.
3593
3594 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
3595 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
3596 devices.
3597
3598 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
3599 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
3600 option.
3601
3602 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
3603 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
3604 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
3605 default yet.
3606
3607 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
3608 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
3609 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
3610 SHA256SUMS files.
3611
3612 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
3613 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
3614
3615 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
3616
3617 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
3618
3619 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
3620 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
3621
3622 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
3623 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
3624 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
3625 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
3626
3627 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
3628 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
3629 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
3630 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
3631 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
3632 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
3633 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
3634 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
3635 systemd-logind to be safe. See
3636 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
3637
3638 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
3639 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
3640 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
3641 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
3642 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
3643 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
3644 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
3645 after all the plugins exit.
3646
3647 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
3648 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
3649 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
3650 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
3651 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
3652 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
3653 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
3654 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3655 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
3656 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
3657 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
3658 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
3659 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
3660 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
3661 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
3662 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
3663 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
3664 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
3665 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
3666 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
3667 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
3668 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
3669 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
3670 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
3671 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
3672 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
3673 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
3674 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
3675 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
3676 Георгиевски
3677
3678 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
3679
3680 CHANGES WITH 233:
3681
3682 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
3683 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
3684 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
3685 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
3686 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
3687 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
3688 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
3689 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
3690 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
3691
3692 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
3693 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
3694 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
3695 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
3696 default selected on the configure command line
3697 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
3698 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
3699 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
3700 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
3701 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
3702 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
3703 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
3704 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
3705 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
3706 greatest stability and compatibility only.
3707
3708 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
3709 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
3710 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
3711 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
3712 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
3713 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
3714 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
3715 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
3716 further details about this.)
3717
3718 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
3719 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
3720 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
3721
3722 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
3723 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
3724
3725 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
3726 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
3727 with 'make install-tests'.
3728
3729 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
3730 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
3731 kernel.
3732
3733 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
3734 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
3735 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
3736 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
3737 by the Slice= option.
3738
3739 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
3740 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
3741 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
3742 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
3743
3744 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
3745 following choices:
3746
3747 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
3748 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
3749 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
3750 (h)elp
3751 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
3752 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
3753 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
3754 (y)es, execute the command
3755
3756 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
3757 because its meaning was confusing.
3758
3759 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
3760 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
3761
3762 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
3763 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
3764 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
3765
3766 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
3767 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
3768 state directly, without executing these commands.
3769
3770 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
3771 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
3772 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
3773
3774 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
3775 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
3776 combination with After=) have been started.
3777
3778 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
3779 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
3780 setting, and which system calls they contain.
3781
3782 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
3783 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
3784 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
3785 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
3786 configuration related calls.
3787
3788 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
3789 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
3790 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
3791 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
3792 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
3793 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
3794 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
3795
3796 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
3797 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
3798
3799 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
3800 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
3801 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
3802
3803 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
3804 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
3805
3806 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
3807 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
3808 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
3809 for compatibility.
3810
3811 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
3812 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
3813
3814 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
3815 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
3816
3817 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
3818 support for negative matching.
3819
3820 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
3821
3822 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
3823 permitted runtime of the mount command.
3824
3825 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
3826 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
3827 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
3828 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
3829 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
3830 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
3831 removed from the drive.
3832
3833 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
3834 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
3835
3836 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
3837 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
3838
3839 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
3840 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
3841 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
3842
3843 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
3844 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
3845 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
3846 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
3847 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
3848 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
3849 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
3850
3851 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
3852 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
3853 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
3854 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
3855 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
3856 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
3857
3858 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
3859 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
3860
3861 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
3862 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
3863 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
3864 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
3865 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
3866 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
3867 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
3868 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
3869
3870 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
3871 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
3872 including all control processes.
3873
3874 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
3875 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
3876 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
3877
3878 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
3879 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
3880 prefixing the source path with "+".
3881
3882 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
3883 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
3884 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
3885 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
3886 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
3887 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlaid
3888 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
3889 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
3890
3891 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
3892 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
3893 before).
3894
3895 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
3896 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
3897 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
3898 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
3899 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
3900 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
3901 the new --root-hash= command line option).
3902
3903 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
3904 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
3905 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
3906 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
3907 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
3908 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
3909 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
3910 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
3911 versions.
3912
3913 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
3914 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
3915 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
3916 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
3917 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
3918 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
3919 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
3920 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
3921 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
3922 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
3923 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
3924 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
3925 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
3926 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
3927 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
3928 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
3929 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
3930 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
3931 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
3932 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
3933 a Verity-enabled root partition.
3934
3935 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
3936 accelerometer quirks.
3937
3938 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
3939 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
3940 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
3941 ID of each service.
3942
3943 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
3944 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
3945 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
3946 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
3947 view.
3948
3949 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
3950 environment variables:
3951
3952 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
3953
3954 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
3955 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
3956 address.
3957
3958 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
3959 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
3960 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
3961
3962 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
3963 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
3964 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
3965 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
3966 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
3967 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
3968 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
3969 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
3970 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
3971 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
3972 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
3973 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
3974 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
3975
3976 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
3977 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
3978 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
3979
3980 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
3981 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
3982
3983 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
3984 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
3985 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
3986 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
3987 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
3988
3989 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
3990 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
3991 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
3992
3993 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
3994 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
3995
3996 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
3997 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
3998 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
3999 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
4000
4001 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
4002 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
4003 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
4004 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
4005 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
4006 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
4007 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
4008 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
4009 possibly even including full integrity data.
4010
4011 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
4012 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
4013 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
4014 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
4015 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
4016
4017 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
4018 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
4019 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
4020 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
4021 directly with systemd-nspawn.
4022
4023 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
4024 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
4025 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
4026 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
4027
4028 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
4029 of coredumps in reverse order.
4030
4031 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
4032 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
4033 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
4034 additional informational message in its output.
4035
4036 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
4037 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
4038 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
4039
4040 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
4041 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
4042 scripting languages such as Python.
4043
4044 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
4045 namespacing is enabled for them.
4046
4047 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
4048 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
4049 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
4050 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
4051 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
4052 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
4053
4054 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
4055 root key (KSK).
4056
4057 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
4058 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
4059 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
4060
4061 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
4062 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
4063 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
4064 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
4065 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
4066 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
4067 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
4068 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
4069 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
4070 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
4071 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
4072 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
4073 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
4074 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
4075 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
4076 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
4077 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
4078 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
4079 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
4080 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
4081 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
4082 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
4083 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
4084 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
4085 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
4086 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
4087 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
4088 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
4089 Тихонов
4090
4091 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
4092
4093 CHANGES WITH 232:
4094
4095 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
4096 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
4097 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
4098 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
4099 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
4100 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
4101
4102 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
4103 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
4104
4105 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
4106 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
4107 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
4108
4109 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
4110 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
4111 to be remounted read-only for a service.
4112
4113 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
4114 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
4115 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
4116 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
4117
4118 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
4119 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
4120
4121 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
4122 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
4123 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
4124
4125 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
4126 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
4127 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
4128 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
4129 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
4130 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
4131 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
4132 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
4133 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
4134 permanent modifications to the system.
4135
4136 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
4137 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
4138 container or chroot environments.
4139
4140 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
4141 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
4142 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
4143 mapped to nobody.
4144
4145 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
4146 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
4147 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
4148 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
4149
4150 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
4151 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
4152
4153 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
4154 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
4155 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
4156 and the support is provisional.
4157
4158 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
4159 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
4160 unit files in the file system).
4161
4162 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
4163 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
4164 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
4165 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
4166 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
4167 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
4168 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
4169 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
4170 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
4171 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
4172 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
4173 state is fixed automatically.
4174
4175 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
4176 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
4177 option.
4178
4179 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
4180 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
4181 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
4182 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
4183 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
4184 else.
4185
4186 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
4187 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
4188 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
4189 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
4190 bootable on physical systems.
4191
4192 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
4193
4194 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
4195 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
4196 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
4197 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
4198 used.
4199
4200 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
4201 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
4202 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
4203 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
4204
4205 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
4206
4207 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
4208 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
4209 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
4210 of the container).
4211
4212 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
4213 files from the specified location.
4214
4215 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
4216 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
4217 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
4218 be active.
4219
4220 * The hardware database has been extended to support
4221 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
4222 trackball devices.
4223
4224 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
4225 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
4226 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
4227
4228 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
4229 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
4230 specified service binary exited.)
4231
4232 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
4233 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
4234
4235 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
4236 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
4237 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
4238 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
4239 --since= and --until= options.
4240
4241 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
4242 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
4243 are automatically propagated to the container.
4244
4245 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
4246 from a single IP address can be limited with
4247 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
4248 MaxConnections=.
4249
4250 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
4251 configuration.
4252
4253 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
4254 drop-ins.
4255
4256 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
4257 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
4258 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
4259 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
4260 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
4261 [Link] section of .link files.
4262
4263 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
4264 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
4265 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
4266 section of .netdev files.
4267
4268 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
4269 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
4270 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
4271
4272 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
4273 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
4274 .network files.
4275
4276 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
4277 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
4278 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
4279 service runtime cycle.
4280
4281 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
4282 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
4283 has been traditionally doing.
4284
4285 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
4286 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
4287 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
4288 prevent any later plugins from running.
4289
4290 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
4291 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
4292 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
4293 default of SplitMode=uid.
4294
4295 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
4296 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
4297 useful.
4298
4299 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
4300 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
4301 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
4302 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
4303 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
4304 individual namespaces.
4305
4306 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
4307 the output, as well as OS release information.
4308
4309 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
4310
4311 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
4312 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
4313 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
4314 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
4315 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
4316
4317 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
4318 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
4319 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
4320 severed.
4321
4322 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
4323 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
4324 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
4325 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
4326 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
4327 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
4328 information about exit statuses and results.
4329
4330 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
4331 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
4332 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
4333 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
4334 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
4335 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
4336
4337 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
4338
4339 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
4340 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
4341 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
4342 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
4343 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
4344 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
4345 entirely.
4346
4347 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
4348 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
4349 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
4350
4351 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
4352 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
4353 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
4354 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
4355 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
4356 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
4357 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
4358 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
4359 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
4360 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
4361 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
4362 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
4363 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
4364 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
4365 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
4366 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
4367 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
4368
4369 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
4370 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
4371 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
4372 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
4373
4374 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
4375 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
4376 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
4377 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
4378
4379 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
4380 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
4381 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
4382 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
4383 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
4384 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
4385 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
4386 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
4387 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
4388 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
4389 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
4390 fragment entirely.)
4391
4392 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
4393 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
4394 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
4395
4396 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
4397 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
4398 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
4399 FileDescriptorName= setting.
4400
4401 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
4402 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
4403 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
4404 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
4405 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
4406 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
4407
4408 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
4409 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
4410
4411 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
4412 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
4413
4414 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
4415 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
4416 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
4417 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
4418 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
4419
4420 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
4421 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
4422 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
4423 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
4424 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
4425 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
4426 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
4427 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
4428 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
4429 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
4430 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
4431 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
4432 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
4433 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
4434 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
4435 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
4436 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
4437 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
4438 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
4439 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
4440 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
4441 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
4442 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
4443 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
4444 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
4445 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
4446
4447 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
4448
4449 CHANGES WITH 231:
4450
4451 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
4452 with an additional special character as first argument of the
4453 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
4454 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
4455 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
4456 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
4457 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
4458 independently.
4459
4460 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
4461 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
4462
4463 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
4464 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
4465 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
4466 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
4467 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
4468 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
4469 values.
4470
4471 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
4472 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
4473 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
4474 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
4475 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
4476
4477 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
4478 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
4479 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
4480 7:10am every day.
4481
4482 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
4483 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
4484 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
4485 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
4486 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
4487 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
4488 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
4489 available for compatibility.
4490
4491 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
4492 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
4493 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
4494 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
4495 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
4496 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
4497
4498 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
4499 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
4500 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
4501 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
4502 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
4503 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
4504 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
4505 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
4506 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
4507
4508 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
4509 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
4510 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
4511 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
4512 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
4513 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
4514 desired options.
4515
4516 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
4517 cgroup v2.
4518
4519 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
4520 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
4521 limited to subgroups of that group.
4522
4523 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
4524 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
4525 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
4526 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
4527 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
4528 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
4529 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
4530 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
4531
4532 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
4533 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
4534 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
4535 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
4536 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
4537 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
4538 own long-running services.
4539
4540 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
4541 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
4542 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
4543 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
4544
4545 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
4546 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
4547 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
4548 propagates this notification further to the service manager
4549 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
4550 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
4551 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
4552 primitives.
4553
4554 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
4555 "terminate".
4556
4557 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
4558 link-local IPv6 addresses.
4559
4560 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
4561 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
4562 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
4563 --flush-caches".
4564
4565 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
4566 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
4567 is shown.
4568
4569 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
4570 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
4571 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
4572 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
4573 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
4574 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
4575
4576 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
4577 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
4578 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
4579 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
4580 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
4581 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
4582 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
4583 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
4584 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
4585 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
4586 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
4587 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
4588 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
4589 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
4590 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
4591 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
4592 bus API instead.
4593
4594 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
4595 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
4596 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
4597 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
4598
4599 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
4600 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
4601 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
4602 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
4603
4604 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
4605 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
4606 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
4607
4608 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
4609 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
4610
4611 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
4612 interface configuration.
4613
4614 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
4615 specifying the --force switch.
4616
4617 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
4618 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
4619 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
4620
4621 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
4622 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
4623 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
4624 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
4625 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
4626 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
4627 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
4628 to be handled.
4629
4630 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
4631 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
4632
4633 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
4634 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
4635
4636 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
4637 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
4638 of persistent symlinks for that device.
4639
4640 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
4641 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
4642
4643 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
4644 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
4645 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
4646 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
4647 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
4648 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
4649 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
4650 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
4651 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
4652 library.
4653
4654 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
4655 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
4656 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
4657 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
4658 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
4659 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
4660 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
4661 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
4662 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
4663 doc/HACKING for details.
4664
4665 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
4666 distribution's bugtracker.
4667
4668 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
4669 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
4670 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
4671 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
4672 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
4673 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
4674 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
4675 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
4676 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
4677 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
4678 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
4679 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
4680 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
4681 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
4682 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
4683 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
4684 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
4685 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
4686 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4687
4688 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
4689
4690 CHANGES WITH 230:
4691
4692 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
4693 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
4694 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
4695 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
4696 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
4697 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
4698 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
4699 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
4700 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
4701 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
4702 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
4703 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
4704 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
4705 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
4706 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
4707 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
4708 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
4709 and its DNSSEC mode for hostname resolution from local
4710 applications.)
4711
4712 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
4713 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
4714 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
4715
4716 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
4717 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
4718 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
4719 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
4720 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
4721 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
4722 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
4723
4724 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
4725 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
4726 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
4727 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
4728 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
4729 command works for tmux.
4730
4731 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
4732 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
4733 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
4734 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
4735 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
4736 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
4737
4738 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
4739 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
4740
4741 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
4742 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
4743 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
4744
4745 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
4746
4747 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
4748 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
4749 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
4750 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
4751 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
4752
4753 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
4754 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
4755 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
4756 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
4757
4758 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
4759 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
4760 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
4761 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
4762 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
4763 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
4764
4765 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
4766 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
4767 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
4768
4769 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
4770 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
4771 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
4772 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
4773 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
4774 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
4775
4776 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
4777 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
4778 address.
4779
4780 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
4781 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
4782 should be emitted.
4783
4784 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
4785 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
4786 supported.
4787
4788 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
4789 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
4790 logging performance.
4791
4792 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
4793 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
4794 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
4795 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
4796 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
4797 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
4798
4799 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
4800 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
4801 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
4802 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
4803
4804 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
4805 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
4806
4807 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
4808 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
4809 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
4810
4811 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
4812
4813 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
4814 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
4815 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
4816 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
4817
4818 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
4819 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
4820 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
4821 refuse to operate on such files.
4822
4823 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
4824 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
4825 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
4826
4827 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
4828 just hidden container images.
4829
4830 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
4831 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
4832
4833 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
4834 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
4835 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
4836 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
4837 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
4838 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
4839 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
4840 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
4841 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
4842 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
4843 been changed to use this functionality by default.
4844
4845 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
4846 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
4847 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
4848 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
4849 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
4850 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
4851 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
4852 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
4853 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
4854 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
4855 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
4856 terminates.
4857
4858 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
4859 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
4860 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
4861 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
4862
4863 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
4864 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
4865 rate of the socket unit.
4866
4867 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
4868 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
4869 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
4870 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
4871 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
4872
4873 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
4874 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
4875 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
4876 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
4877 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
4878 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
4879 with this.
4880
4881 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
4882 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
4883
4884 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
4885 merged into the kernel in its current form.
4886
4887 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
4888 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
4889 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
4890 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
4891 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
4892
4893 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
4894 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
4895 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
4896
4897 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
4898 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
4899 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
4900 target is now included in early userspace.
4901
4902 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
4903 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
4904 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
4905 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
4906 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
4907 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
4908 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
4909 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
4910 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
4911 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
4912 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
4913 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
4914 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
4915 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
4916 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
4917 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
4918 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
4919 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
4920 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
4921 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
4922 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
4923 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
4924 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
4925 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
4926 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
4927 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4928
4929 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
4930
4931 CHANGES WITH 229:
4932
4933 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
4934 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
4935 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
4936 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
4937 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
4938 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
4939 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
4940 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
4941 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
4942 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
4943 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
4944 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
4945 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
4946
4947 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
4948 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
4949 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
4950 /usr/bin.
4951
4952 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
4953 devices.
4954
4955 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
4956 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
4957 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
4958 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
4959 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
4960 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
4961 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
4962 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
4963 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
4964 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
4965 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
4966 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
4967 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
4968 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
4969 this limit.
4970
4971 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
4972 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
4973 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
4974 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
4975 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
4976 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
4977 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
4978 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
4979
4980 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
4981 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
4982 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
4983 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
4984 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
4985 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
4986 and group at package installation time.
4987
4988 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
4989 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
4990 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
4991 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
4992 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
4993
4994 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
4995 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
4996 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
4997 supports it.
4998
4999 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
5000 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
5001
5002 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
5003 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
5004 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
5005 file is already initialized.
5006
5007 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
5008 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
5009 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
5010 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
5011 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
5012 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
5013 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
5014 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
5015 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
5016
5017 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
5018 working directory for the process started in the container.
5019
5020 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
5021 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
5022 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
5023 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
5024 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
5025
5026 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
5027 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
5028 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
5029
5030 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
5031 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
5032 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
5033 sd_journal_restart_fields().
5034
5035 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
5036 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
5037 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
5038 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
5039 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
5040
5041 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
5042 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
5043 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
5044 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
5045
5046 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
5047 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
5048 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
5049 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
5050 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
5051 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
5052 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
5053 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
5054 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
5055 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
5056 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
5057 by PID 1.
5058
5059 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
5060 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
5061 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
5062 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
5063 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
5064 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
5065 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
5066 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
5067
5068 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
5069
5070 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
5071 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
5072 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
5073
5074 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
5075 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
5076 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
5077 recent kernels.
5078
5079 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
5080 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
5081
5082 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
5083 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
5084 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
5085 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
5086 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
5087 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
5088 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
5089 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
5090 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
5091 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
5092 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
5093 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
5094 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
5095
5096 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
5097 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
5098 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
5099 clusters or larger setups.
5100
5101 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
5102
5103 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
5104 sockets.
5105
5106 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
5107
5108 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
5109 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
5110 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
5111 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
5112 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
5113 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
5114
5115 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
5116 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
5117 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
5118
5119 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
5120 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
5121 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
5122 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
5123
5124 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
5125
5126 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
5127 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
5128 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
5129 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
5130 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
5131 maintain compatibility.
5132
5133 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
5134 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
5135 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
5136 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
5137 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
5138 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
5139 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
5140 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
5141 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
5142 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
5143 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
5144 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
5145 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
5146 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
5147 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
5148 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
5149 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5150 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
5151 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5152
5153 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
5154
5155 CHANGES WITH 228:
5156
5157 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
5158 files are now also available as properties to set when
5159 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
5160 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
5161 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
5162 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
5163 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
5164 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
5165 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
5166
5167 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
5168 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
5169 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
5170
5171 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
5172 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
5173 created transiently.
5174
5175 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
5176 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
5177 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
5178 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
5179 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
5180 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
5181 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
5182 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
5183
5184 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
5185 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
5186 disk and sync the files, before returning.
5187
5188 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
5189 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
5190 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
5191 enabled.
5192
5193 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
5194 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
5195 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
5196 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
5197 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
5198 subvolumes.
5199
5200 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
5201 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
5202
5203 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
5204 individual indexes.
5205
5206 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
5207 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
5208 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
5209 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
5210 suffixes now.
5211
5212 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
5213 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
5214 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
5215 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
5216 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
5217 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
5218 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
5219 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
5220 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
5221 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
5222 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
5223 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
5224 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
5225 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
5226 number of processes or tasks each user may own
5227 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
5228 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
5229 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
5230 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
5231 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
5232 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
5233
5234 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
5235 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
5236 links between the host and the container.
5237
5238 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
5239 added that allows importing select environment variables
5240 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
5241 the service.
5242
5243 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
5244 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
5245 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
5246 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
5247 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
5248 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
5249 than until they first elapse.
5250
5251 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
5252 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
5253 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
5254 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
5255 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
5256 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
5257 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
5258 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
5259
5260 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
5261 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
5262 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
5263 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
5264 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
5265 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
5266 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
5267 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
5268 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
5269 journal and in coredump handling.
5270
5271 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
5272 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
5273 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
5274 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
5275 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
5276 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
5277 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
5278 software you package still references it, as this is a
5279 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
5280 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
5281
5282 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
5283
5284 Note that only util-linux versions built with
5285 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
5286
5287 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
5288 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
5289 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
5290
5291 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
5292 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
5293 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
5294 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
5295 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
5296 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
5297 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
5298 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
5299 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
5300 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
5301 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
5302 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
5303 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
5304 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
5305 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
5306 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
5307
5308 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
5309 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
5310 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
5311 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
5312 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
5313 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
5314 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
5315 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
5316 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
5317 surprises.
5318
5319 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
5320 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
5321 to the various user database fields of the user that the
5322 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
5323 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
5324 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
5325 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
5326 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
5327 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
5328 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
5329 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
5330 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
5331 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
5332 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
5333 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
5334 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
5335 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
5336 of PID 1 is the root user).
5337
5338 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
5339 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
5340 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
5341 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
5342 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
5343 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
5344 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
5345 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
5346 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
5347 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
5348 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
5349 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
5350 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
5351 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
5352 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5353
5354 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
5355
5356 CHANGES WITH 227:
5357
5358 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
5359 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
5360 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
5361
5362 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
5363 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
5364 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
5365 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
5366 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
5367 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
5368
5369 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
5370 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
5371 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
5372 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
5373 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
5374
5375 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
5376 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
5377 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
5378 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
5379 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
5380 packets on unestablished sockets.
5381
5382 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
5383 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
5384 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
5385 automatically.
5386
5387 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
5388 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
5389 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
5390
5391 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
5392 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
5393 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
5394 for disk IO.
5395
5396 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
5397 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
5398 removed.
5399
5400 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
5401 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
5402 directory is set to the home directory of the user
5403 configured in User=.
5404
5405 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
5406 directory of the selected user by default.
5407
5408 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
5409 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
5410 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
5411 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
5412 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
5413 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
5414 compat reasons.
5415
5416 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
5417 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
5418 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
5419 units.
5420
5421 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
5422 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
5423 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
5424 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
5425 level.
5426
5427 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
5428 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
5429 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
5430 namespaces work correctly.
5431
5432 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
5433 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
5434 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
5435 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
5436 activation.
5437
5438 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
5439 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
5440 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
5441 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
5442 system instance in a container.
5443
5444 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
5445 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
5446 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
5447 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
5448 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
5449 connections.
5450
5451 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
5452 show the control groups within a certain container only.
5453
5454 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
5455 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
5456 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
5457 processes attached, or similar.
5458
5459 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
5460 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
5461 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
5462
5463 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
5464 specifiers like %i or %f.
5465
5466 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
5467 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
5468 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
5469 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
5470
5471 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
5472 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
5473 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
5474 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
5475 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
5476 descriptors using sd_notify().
5477
5478 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
5479
5480 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
5481 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
5482
5483 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
5484 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
5485
5486 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
5487 .network files.
5488
5489 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
5490 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
5491 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
5492 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
5493 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
5494 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
5495 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
5496 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
5497 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
5498 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
5499 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
5500 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
5501 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
5502 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
5503 gdm-autologin is used.
5504
5505 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
5506 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
5507 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
5508 next to the image file.
5509
5510 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
5511 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
5512 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
5513 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
5514
5515 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
5516 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
5517 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
5518 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
5519 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
5520 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
5521
5522 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
5523 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
5524 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
5525 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
5526 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
5527 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
5528 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
5529 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
5530 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
5531 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
5532 number of files in place.
5533
5534 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
5535 on kernels where that is supported.
5536
5537 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
5538
5539 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
5540 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
5541 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
5542 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
5543 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
5544 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
5545 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
5546 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
5547 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
5548 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
5549 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
5550 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
5551 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
5552 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
5553 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
5554 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5555 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
5556 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
5557
5558 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
5559
5560 CHANGES WITH 226:
5561
5562 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
5563 new features:
5564
5565 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
5566 information. It may be enabled and configured via
5567 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
5568 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
5569 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
5570 is any) is propagated.
5571
5572 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
5573 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
5574 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
5575 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
5576 information is enabled between host and containers by
5577 default now: the container will change its local timezone
5578 to what the host has set.
5579
5580 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
5581 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
5582
5583 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
5584 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
5585 information back, even if the server loses state.
5586
5587 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
5588 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
5589 PoolSize=.
5590
5591 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
5592 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
5593 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
5594 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
5595
5596 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
5597 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
5598 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
5599 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
5600 'dbus-daemon' systems.
5601
5602 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
5603 for virtio devices.
5604
5605 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
5606 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
5607 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
5608 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
5609 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
5610 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
5611 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
5612 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
5613 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
5614 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
5615 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
5616 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
5617 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
5618 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
5619 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
5620 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
5621 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
5622 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
5623 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
5624 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
5625 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
5626 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
5627 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
5628 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
5629 grants them.
5630
5631 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
5632 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
5633 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
5634 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
5635 group tree.
5636
5637 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
5638 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
5639 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
5640 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
5641 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
5642 work correctly in containers now.
5643
5644 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
5645 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
5646
5647 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
5648 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
5649 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
5650 function call is particularly useful when implementing
5651 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
5652
5653 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
5654 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
5655 signal events.
5656
5657 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
5658 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
5659 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
5660 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
5661
5662 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
5663 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
5664 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
5665 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
5666 nspawn command line.
5667
5668 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
5669 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
5670 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
5671 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
5672 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
5673 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
5674 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5675 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
5676
5677 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
5678
5679 CHANGES WITH 225:
5680
5681 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
5682 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
5683 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
5684 shell directly without prompting for username or
5685 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
5686 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
5687 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
5688 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
5689 the originating session.
5690
5691 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
5692 options and allows other programs to query the values.
5693
5694 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
5695 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
5696 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
5697 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
5698 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
5699 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
5700 probably not stabilize on this release.
5701
5702 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
5703 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
5704 messages.
5705
5706 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
5707 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
5708 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
5709
5710 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
5711 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
5712
5713 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
5714 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
5715 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
5716 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
5717 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
5718 posteriori.
5719
5720 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
5721 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
5722
5723 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
5724 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
5725 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
5726 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
5727 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
5728 "lastlog" tools.
5729
5730 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
5731 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
5732 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
5733 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
5734 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
5735
5736 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
5737 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
5738 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
5739 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
5740 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
5741 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
5742 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
5743 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
5744 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
5745 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
5746 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
5747 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5748
5749 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
5750
5751 CHANGES WITH 224:
5752
5753 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
5754 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
5755
5756 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
5757 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
5758 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
5759
5760 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
5761 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5762 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
5763
5764 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
5765
5766 CHANGES WITH 223:
5767
5768 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
5769 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
5770 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
5771 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
5772
5773 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
5774 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
5775
5776 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
5777 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
5778
5779 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
5780
5781 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
5782 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
5783 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
5784
5785 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
5786 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
5787 decapsulated packet.
5788
5789 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
5790 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
5791 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
5792 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
5793 netlink attribute.
5794
5795 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
5796 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
5797 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
5798 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
5799
5800 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
5801 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
5802 according to RFC2460.
5803
5804 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
5805 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
5806
5807 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
5808 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
5809 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
5810
5811 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
5812 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
5813 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
5814 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
5815 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
5816 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
5817
5818 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
5819 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
5820 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
5821 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
5822 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
5823 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
5824 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
5825 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
5826 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
5827 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5828
5829 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
5830
5831 CHANGES WITH 222:
5832
5833 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
5834 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
5835 or should be used to work around such bugs.
5836
5837 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
5838 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
5839
5840 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
5841 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
5842 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
5843 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
5844 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
5845
5846 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
5847 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
5848 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
5849
5850 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
5851 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
5852 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
5853 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
5854 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
5855
5856 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
5857
5858 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
5859 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
5860 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
5861 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
5862 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
5863 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
5864 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
5865 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
5866 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
5867 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5868
5869 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
5870
5871 CHANGES WITH 221:
5872
5873 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
5874 stable and have been added to the official interface of
5875 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
5876 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
5877 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
5878 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
5879 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
5880 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
5881 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
5882 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
5883 portable to other kernels.
5884
5885 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
5886 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
5887 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
5888 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
5889 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
5890 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
5891 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
5892 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
5893 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
5894 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
5895 systemd enabled.
5896
5897 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
5898 2.26.
5899
5900 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
5901 favor of calling an abstraction tool
5902 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
5903 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
5904 in README for details.
5905
5906 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
5907 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
5908 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
5909 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
5910 unit.
5911
5912 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
5913 into man pages.
5914
5915 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
5916 external project.
5917
5918 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
5919 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
5920
5921 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
5922 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
5923 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
5924 state.
5925
5926 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
5927 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
5928 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
5929
5930 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
5931 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
5932 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
5933 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
5934 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
5935 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
5936 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
5937 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
5938 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
5939 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
5940 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
5941 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
5942 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
5943 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
5944 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
5945 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5946
5947 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
5948
5949 CHANGES WITH 220:
5950
5951 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
5952 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
5953 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
5954 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
5955 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
5956 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
5957 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
5958 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
5959
5960 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
5961 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
5962 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
5963 service consumed). This value is only available if
5964 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
5965 in the "systemctl status" output.
5966
5967 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
5968 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
5969 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
5970 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
5971 previously was already the default behaviour).
5972
5973 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
5974 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
5975 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
5976
5977 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
5978 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
5979 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
5980 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
5981
5982 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
5983 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
5984 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
5985 journalling file systems that support external journal
5986 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
5987 systems to be mounted.
5988
5989 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
5990 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
5991 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
5992 stable release this should not be problematic.
5993
5994 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
5995 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
5996 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
5997 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
5998 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
5999
6000 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
6001 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
6002 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
6003 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
6004 network switches.
6005
6006 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
6007 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
6008
6009 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
6010 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
6011 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
6012
6013 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
6014
6015 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
6016 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
6017 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
6018 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
6019 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
6020 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
6021 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
6022 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
6023 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
6024 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
6025 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
6026 been fixed in v220.
6027
6028 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
6029 systemd-networkd.
6030
6031 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
6032 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
6033 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
6034 containers started from the command line.
6035
6036 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
6037 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
6038
6039 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
6040 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
6041 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
6042 indirection via a pseudo tty.
6043
6044 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
6045 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
6046 when shutting down.
6047
6048 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
6049 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
6050 overlayfs support.
6051
6052 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
6053 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
6054 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
6055 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
6056 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
6057 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
6058 images are imported via systemd-importd.
6059
6060 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
6061 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
6062 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
6063
6064 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
6065 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
6066 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
6067 of v1 as before).
6068
6069 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
6070 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
6071
6072 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
6073 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
6074 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
6075 without further privileges or authorization.
6076
6077 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
6078 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
6079 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
6080 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
6081 accessible via a bus interface.
6082
6083 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
6084 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
6085 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
6086 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
6087 to cover this functionality.
6088
6089 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
6090 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
6091 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
6092 disabled/masked also stopped.
6093
6094 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
6095 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
6096 updated to support systemd-boot.
6097
6098 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
6099 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
6100 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
6101 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
6102 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
6103 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
6104 like this and can extract OS release information from them
6105 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
6106 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
6107
6108 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
6109 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
6110 system.
6111
6112 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
6113 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
6114 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
6115 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
6116 device symlinks.
6117
6118 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
6119 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
6120 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
6121 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
6122
6123 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
6124 stick devices has been added.
6125
6126 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
6127 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
6128
6129 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
6130 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
6131 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
6132 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
6133 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
6134
6135 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
6136 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
6137 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
6138
6139 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
6140 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
6141 Debian.
6142
6143 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
6144 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
6145 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
6146
6147 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
6148 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
6149 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
6150 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
6151 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
6152 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
6153 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
6154 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
6155 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
6156 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
6157 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
6158 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
6159 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
6160 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
6161 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
6162 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
6163 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
6164 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
6165 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
6166 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
6167 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
6168 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
6169 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
6170 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
6171 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
6172 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
6173 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6174
6175 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
6176
6177 CHANGES WITH 219:
6178
6179 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
6180 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
6181 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
6182 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
6183 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
6184 interface with and update the database.
6185
6186 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
6187 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
6188 before bytewise copying is done.
6189
6190 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
6191 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
6192 directory, and immediately removed when the container
6193 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
6194 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
6195 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
6196 for starting a container off the root file system of the
6197 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
6198 available on btrfs file systems.
6199
6200 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
6201 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
6202 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
6203 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
6204 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
6205 systems.
6206
6207 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
6208 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
6209 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
6210 mount point remains.
6211
6212 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
6213 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
6214 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
6215 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
6216 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
6217 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
6218 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
6219 are disabled.
6220
6221 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
6222 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
6223 container to the host or vice versa.
6224
6225 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
6226 mount host directories into local containers. This is
6227 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
6228
6229 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
6230 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
6231
6232 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
6233 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
6234 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
6235 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
6236 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
6237 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
6238 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
6239 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
6240 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
6241 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
6242 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
6243 make the functionality of importd available to the
6244 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
6245 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
6246 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
6247 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
6248 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
6249 only fully supported on btrfs.
6250
6251 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
6252 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
6253 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
6254 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
6255 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
6256 information about images.
6257
6258 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
6259 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
6260 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
6261 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
6262 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
6263 legacy file systems).
6264
6265 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
6266 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
6267 shown in networkctl output.
6268
6269 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
6270 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
6271 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
6272 processes as system services while interactively
6273 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
6274 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
6275 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
6276 full login session, the difference being that the former
6277 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
6278 setup.
6279
6280 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
6281 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
6282 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
6283 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
6284 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
6285
6286 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
6287 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
6288 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
6289 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
6290 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
6291 via qemu/kvm.
6292
6293 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
6294 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
6295 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
6296 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
6297 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
6298 disk images, too.
6299
6300 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
6301 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
6302 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
6303 integrate with that.
6304
6305 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
6306 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
6307 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
6308 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
6309
6310 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
6311 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
6312 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
6313
6314 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
6315 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
6316 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
6317 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
6318 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
6319 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
6320 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
6321 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
6322 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
6323 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
6324
6325 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
6326 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
6327 files.
6328
6329 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
6330 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
6331 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
6332 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
6333 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
6334 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
6335 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
6336 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
6337 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
6338 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
6339 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
6340 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
6341 explicitly turned on.
6342
6343 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
6344 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
6345 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
6346 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
6347
6348 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
6349 supported.
6350
6351 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
6352 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
6353 user/session following the status output. Similar,
6354 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
6355 associated with a virtual machine or container
6356 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
6357 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
6358 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
6359 output however.)
6360
6361 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
6362 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
6363 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
6364 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
6365 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
6366 caller's session/user.
6367
6368 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
6369 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
6370 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
6371 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
6372 user services.
6373
6374 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
6375 same way as unit files.
6376
6377 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
6378 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
6379 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
6380 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
6381 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
6382 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
6383 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
6384 the host.
6385
6386 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
6387 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
6388 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
6389 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
6390 the host as if their services were running directly on the
6391 host.
6392
6393 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
6394 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
6395 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
6396 updated to make use of it too by default.
6397
6398 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
6399 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
6400 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
6401 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
6402
6403 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
6404 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
6405 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
6406 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
6407 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
6408 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
6409 modification.
6410
6411 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
6412 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
6413 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
6414 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
6415 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
6416 information about Touchpad types.
6417
6418 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
6419 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
6420
6421 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
6422 Policy link field.
6423
6424 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
6425 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
6426
6427 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
6428 ACLs on files.
6429
6430 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
6431 tmpfs, automatically.
6432
6433 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
6434 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
6435 status" output, if available.
6436
6437 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
6438 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
6439 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
6440 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
6441 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
6442 run on next reboot.
6443
6444 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
6445 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
6446 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
6447 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
6448 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
6449 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
6450 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
6451
6452 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
6453 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
6454 after a configurable timeout.
6455
6456 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
6457 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
6458 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
6459 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
6460 it non-idle.
6461
6462 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
6463 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
6464
6465 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
6466 each .network interface in networkd.
6467
6468 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
6469 in .network files.
6470
6471 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
6472 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
6473
6474 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
6475 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
6476 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
6477 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
6478 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
6479 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
6480 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
6481 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
6482 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
6483 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
6484 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
6485 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6486 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
6487 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
6488 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
6489 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
6490 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
6491 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
6492 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
6493 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
6494 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
6495 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
6496 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
6497 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6498
6499 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
6500
6501 CHANGES WITH 218:
6502
6503 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
6504 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
6505 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
6506 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
6507
6508 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
6509 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
6510 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
6511 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
6512 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
6513
6514 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
6515
6516 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
6517 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
6518 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
6519 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
6520 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
6521 modified configuration after editing.
6522
6523 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
6524 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
6525 system preset files.
6526
6527 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label hostname
6528 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
6529 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
6530 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
6531 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
6532 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
6533 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
6534 systems that use the single-label hostname "gateway" in
6535 other contexts.
6536
6537 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
6538 inhibitors.
6539
6540 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
6541 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
6542 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
6543 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
6544 managers.
6545
6546 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
6547 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
6548 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
6549 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
6550 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
6551 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
6552 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
6553 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
6554 parallel to journald.
6555
6556 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
6557 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
6558 available.
6559
6560 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
6561 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
6562 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
6563 or are not older than the specified time.
6564
6565 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
6566 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
6567 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
6568 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
6569
6570 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
6571 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
6572 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
6573 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
6574 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
6575 communication.
6576
6577 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
6578 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
6579 services.
6580
6581 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
6582 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
6583 including their signature and values. This is particularly
6584 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
6585 the new "busctl tree" command.
6586
6587 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
6588 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
6589 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
6590 friendly way.
6591
6592 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
6593 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
6594 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
6595 race-ful way.
6596
6597 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
6598 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
6599 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
6600 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
6601 --link-journal=try-guest.
6602
6603 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
6604 stable MAC addresses.
6605
6606 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
6607 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
6608 the respective unit shall use.
6609
6610 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
6611 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
6612 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
6613 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
6614
6615 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
6616 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
6617 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
6618 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
6619 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
6620 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
6621
6622 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
6623 details see:
6624
6625 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
6626
6627 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
6628 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
6629 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
6630 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
6631 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
6632 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
6633 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
6634 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
6635 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
6636 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
6637 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
6638 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
6639
6640 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
6641 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
6642 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
6643 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
6644 bluetooth, ...) is used.
6645
6646 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
6647 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
6648 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
6649 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
6650 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
6651 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
6652 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
6653 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
6654
6655 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
6656 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
6657 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
6658 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
6659 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
6660 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
6661 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
6662 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
6663 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
6664 interface.
6665
6666 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
6667 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
6668 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
6669 luks.name= argument.
6670
6671 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
6672 (this was previously already available for scope and service
6673 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
6674 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
6675 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
6676 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
6677
6678 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
6679 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
6680 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
6681
6682 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
6683 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
6684 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
6685 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
6686 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
6687 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
6688 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
6689 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6690 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
6691 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
6692 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
6693 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
6694 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
6695 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
6696 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
6697 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
6698 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
6699 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6700
6701 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
6702
6703 CHANGES WITH 217:
6704
6705 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
6706 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
6707 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
6708 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
6709
6710 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
6711 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
6712 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
6713 now waits until the operation is complete.
6714
6715 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
6716 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
6717 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
6718 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
6719 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
6720 connection.
6721
6722 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
6723 commands anymore.
6724
6725 * User units are now loaded also from
6726 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
6727 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
6728 supported, but is under the control of the user.
6729
6730 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
6731 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
6732 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
6733 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
6734 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
6735 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
6736 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
6737 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
6738 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
6739 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
6740 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
6741 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
6742 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
6743 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
6744 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
6745 question.
6746
6747 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
6748 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
6749 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
6750
6751 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
6752 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
6753 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
6754 command line to trigger resume.
6755
6756 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
6757 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
6758 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
6759 Desktop=systemd-console.
6760
6761 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
6762 systemd-networkd.
6763
6764 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
6765 from the information provided by the networking stack
6766 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
6767
6768 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
6769 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
6770
6771 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
6772 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
6773 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
6774
6775 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
6776
6777 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
6778 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
6779 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
6780 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
6781 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
6782 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
6783
6784 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
6785 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
6786 respected.
6787
6788 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
6789 virtualization.
6790
6791 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
6792 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
6793 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
6794 on.
6795
6796 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
6797
6798 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
6799
6800 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
6801 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
6802 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
6803 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
6804 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
6805 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
6806 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
6807
6808 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
6809 available for service units, that allows locking all service
6810 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
6811 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
6812 from the service's view entirely.
6813
6814 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
6815 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
6816
6817 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
6818 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
6819 session.
6820
6821 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
6822 legacy-free systems.
6823
6824 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
6825 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
6826 easily.
6827
6828 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
6829 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
6830 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
6831 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
6832 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
6833 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
6834 option.
6835
6836 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
6837 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
6838 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
6839 /usr.
6840
6841 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
6842 services, not only the main process.
6843
6844 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
6845 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
6846 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
6847 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
6848 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
6849
6850 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
6851 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
6852 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
6853 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
6854 directly from now on, again.
6855
6856 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
6857 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
6858 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
6859 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
6860 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
6861 enabling and disabling.
6862
6863 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
6864 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
6865 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
6866 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
6867 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
6868 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
6869 unnecessary or unlikely.
6870
6871 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
6872 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
6873 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
6874 "annually", "hourly", ...).
6875
6876 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
6877 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
6878 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
6879 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
6880 overwritten at runtime.
6881
6882 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
6883 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
6884 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
6885 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
6886 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
6887 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
6888 segmentation fault.
6889
6890 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
6891 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
6892 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
6893 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
6894 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
6895 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
6896 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
6897 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
6898 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
6899 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
6900 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
6901 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
6902 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
6903 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
6904 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
6905 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
6906 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
6907 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
6908 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
6909 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
6910 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
6911 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6912
6913 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
6914
6915 CHANGES WITH 216:
6916
6917 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
6918 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
6919 implementations should add a
6920
6921 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
6922
6923 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
6924 default functionality.
6925
6926 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
6927 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
6928 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
6929 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
6930 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
6931 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
6932 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
6933 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
6934 files might need to be owned by them. A new
6935 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
6936 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
6937 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
6938 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
6939
6940 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
6941 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
6942 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
6943 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
6944 added eventually, too.
6945
6946 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
6947 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
6948 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
6949 new command to update these fields.
6950
6951 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
6952 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
6953 have been discovered via DHCP.
6954
6955 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
6956 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
6957 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
6958 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
6959 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
6960 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
6961 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
6962 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
6963 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
6964 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
6965 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
6966 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
6967 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
6968 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
6969 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
6970 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
6971 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
6972 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
6973 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
6974 implementation to systemd-resolved.
6975
6976 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
6977 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
6978 containers to their respective IP addresses.
6979
6980 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
6981 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
6982 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
6983 and present it to the user in a very friendly
6984 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
6985 control utility for networkd.
6986
6987 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
6988 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
6989 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
6990 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
6991 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
6992 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
6993 (NoDelay=).
6994
6995 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
6996 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
6997
6998 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
6999 be started only after time-sync.target has been
7000 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
7001 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
7002 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
7003 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
7004
7005 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
7006 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
7007 of the link.
7008
7009 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
7010 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
7011
7012 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
7013 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
7014
7015 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
7016 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
7017 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
7018 for DHCP.
7019
7020 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
7021 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
7022 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
7023 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
7024 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
7025 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
7026 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
7027 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
7028
7029 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
7030 validation of unit files.
7031
7032 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
7033 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
7034 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
7035 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
7036 address may now be configured.
7037
7038 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
7039 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
7040 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
7041 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
7042
7043 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
7044 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
7045
7046 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
7047 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
7048 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
7049 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
7050
7051 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
7052 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
7053 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
7054 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
7055 implementation.
7056
7057 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
7058 journal data to a remote system running
7059 systemd-journal-remote.
7060
7061 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
7062 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
7063 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
7064 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
7065 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
7066 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
7067 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
7068 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
7069 version, you have to turn this option on again
7070 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
7071
7072 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
7073 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
7074 better than XZ which was the previous default.
7075
7076 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
7077 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
7078
7079 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
7080 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
7081
7082 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
7083 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
7084 "systemctl status" output for a service.
7085
7086 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
7087 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
7088 hostname, root password) interactively on first
7089 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
7090 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
7091
7092 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
7093
7094 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
7095
7096 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
7097 when primary addresses are removed.
7098
7099 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
7100 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
7101 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
7102 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
7103 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
7104 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
7105 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7106 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
7107 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
7108 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
7109 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
7110 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
7111 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
7112 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
7113 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7114
7115 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
7116
7117 CHANGES WITH 215:
7118
7119 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
7120 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
7121 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
7122 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
7123 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
7124 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
7125 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
7126 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
7127 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
7128 require.
7129
7130 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
7131 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
7132
7133 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
7134 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
7135 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
7136 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
7137 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
7138 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
7139 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
7140
7141 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
7142 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
7143 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
7144 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
7145 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
7146 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
7147 update or reset should use this condition and order
7148 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
7149 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
7150 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
7151 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
7152 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
7153 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
7154 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
7155 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
7156 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
7157
7158 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
7159
7160 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
7161 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
7162 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
7163 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
7164
7165 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
7166 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
7167 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
7168 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
7169 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
7170 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
7171 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
7172 .network files using settings of this section should be
7173 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
7174 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
7175
7176 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
7177 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
7178
7179 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
7180 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
7181 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
7182 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
7183 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
7184 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
7185 of nspawn instances.
7186
7187 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
7188 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
7189 added.
7190
7191 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
7192 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
7193 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
7194 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
7195 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
7196 configuration stored in /etc.
7197
7198 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
7199 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
7200 parsing of unknown mount options.
7201
7202 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
7203 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
7204 it already exist and not already be the correct
7205 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
7206 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
7207 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
7208 pre-existing files of different types.
7209
7210 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
7211 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
7212 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
7213 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
7214 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
7215 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
7216 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
7217
7218 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
7219 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
7220 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
7221 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
7222 shall be executed.
7223
7224 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
7225 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
7226 example whether it is fully up and running.
7227
7228 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
7229 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
7230 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
7231 reset.
7232
7233 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
7234 most basic services systemd ships by default.
7235
7236 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
7237 field for defining the default instance to create if a
7238 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
7239
7240 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
7241 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
7242 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
7243
7244 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
7245 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
7246 access to this group.
7247
7248 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
7249 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
7250 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
7251 to the journal.
7252
7253 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
7254 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
7255 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
7256 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
7257 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
7258 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
7259
7260 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
7261 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
7262 that makes sure to only show information about the most
7263 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
7264 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
7265 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
7266 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
7267 the old name to the new name.
7268
7269 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
7270 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
7271 coredumpctl without restrictions.
7272
7273 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
7274 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
7275 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
7276 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
7277 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
7278 "systemd-debug-generator".
7279
7280 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
7281 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
7282 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
7283 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
7284 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
7285 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
7286 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
7287 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
7288 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
7289 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
7290 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
7291
7292 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
7293 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
7294 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
7295 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
7296 been added to query many of these paths for the local
7297 machine and user.
7298
7299 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
7300 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
7301 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
7302 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
7303 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
7304
7305 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
7306 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
7307 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
7308 couple of drop-in directories.
7309
7310 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
7311 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
7312 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
7313 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
7314 for dev_port.
7315
7316 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
7317 container (read from /etc/os-release and
7318 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
7319 "machinectl status" for a machine.
7320
7321 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
7322 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
7323 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
7324 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
7325 Restart= setting.
7326
7327 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
7328 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
7329 directly connect to a specific container on the
7330 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
7331 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
7332 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
7333 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
7334 containers is a privileged operation.
7335
7336 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
7337 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
7338 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
7339 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
7340 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7341 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
7342 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
7343 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
7344 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
7345 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
7346 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
7347 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7348
7349 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
7350
7351 CHANGES WITH 214:
7352
7353 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
7354 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
7355 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
7356 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
7357 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
7358 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
7359 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
7360 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
7361 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
7362 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
7363 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
7364 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
7365 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
7366 devices are excluded from this logic.
7367
7368 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
7369 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
7370 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
7371 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
7372 change has been released.
7373
7374 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
7375 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
7376 libattr is thus unnecessary.
7377
7378 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
7379 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
7380 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
7381 with fewer privileges.
7382
7383 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
7384 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
7385 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
7386 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
7387
7388 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
7389 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
7390
7391 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
7392 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
7393
7394 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
7395 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
7396 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
7397
7398 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
7399 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
7400 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
7401 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
7402 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
7403 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
7404
7405 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
7406 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
7407 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
7408
7409 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
7410 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
7411 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
7412 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
7413 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
7414 modifications of user data or system files from
7415 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
7416 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
7417
7418 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
7419 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
7420 and FIFOs in the file system.
7421
7422 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
7423 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
7424 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
7425
7426 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
7427 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
7428 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
7429 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
7430 the socket itself.
7431
7432 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
7433 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
7434 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
7435 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
7436 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
7437 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
7438 symlinks, and nothing else.
7439
7440 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
7441 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
7442 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
7443 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
7444 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
7445 process (for example, the parent process). The
7446 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
7447 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
7448 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
7449 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
7450 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
7451 messages to services when the originating process already
7452 vanished.
7453
7454 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
7455 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
7456 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
7457 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
7458 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
7459 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
7460 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
7461 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
7462 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
7463 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
7464 all long-running services.
7465
7466 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
7467 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
7468 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
7469 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
7470 service.
7471
7472 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
7473 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
7474 applied to all submounts, too.
7475
7476 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
7477
7478 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
7479 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
7480 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
7481 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
7482 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
7483 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
7484 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
7485
7486 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
7487 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
7488 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
7489 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
7490 (domU) domains.
7491
7492 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
7493 files or entire directories.
7494
7495 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
7496 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
7497 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
7498 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
7499 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
7500
7501 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
7502 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
7503 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
7504 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
7505 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
7506 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
7507 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
7508 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
7509 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
7510 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
7511 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
7512 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
7513
7514 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
7515 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
7516 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
7517 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
7518
7519 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
7520 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
7521 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
7522 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
7523 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
7524 non-directories.
7525
7526 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
7527 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
7528 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
7529
7530 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
7531 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
7532 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
7533 this group.
7534
7535 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
7536 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
7537 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
7538 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
7539 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
7540 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
7541 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7542
7543 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
7544
7545 CHANGES WITH 213:
7546
7547 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
7548 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
7549 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
7550 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
7551 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
7552 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
7553 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
7554 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
7555 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
7556 client should be more than appropriate for most
7557 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
7558 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
7559 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
7560 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
7561 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
7562 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
7563 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
7564 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
7565 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
7566 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
7567 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
7568
7569 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
7570 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
7571 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
7572 part of a different namespace.
7573
7574 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
7575 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
7576 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
7577 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
7578
7579 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
7580 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
7581 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
7582
7583 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
7584 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
7585 when a service fails. This works similarly to
7586 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
7587 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
7588 restart the service in question.
7589
7590 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
7591 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
7592 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
7593 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
7594 details when running non-locally.
7595
7596 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
7597 graphs it generates.
7598
7599 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
7600 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
7601 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
7602 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
7603 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
7604
7605 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
7606
7607 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
7608 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
7609 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
7610 what it was on SysV systems.
7611
7612 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
7613 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
7614
7615 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore
7616 sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain
7617 application-specific extension sections in unit files.
7618
7619 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
7620 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
7621 to show these addresses in its output.
7622
7623 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
7624 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
7625 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
7626 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
7627 preferred over a text one.
7628
7629 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
7630 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
7631 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
7632 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
7633 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
7634 mDNS cache.
7635
7636 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
7637 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
7638 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
7639 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
7640 of network configuration performed in some other way.
7641
7642 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
7643 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
7644 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
7645 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
7646 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
7647
7648 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
7649 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
7650 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
7651 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
7652 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
7653 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
7654 overrides any other settings.
7655
7656 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
7657 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
7658 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
7659 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
7660 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
7661 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
7662 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
7663 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
7664 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7665 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
7666 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
7667 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
7668 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
7669 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
7670 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
7671 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
7672 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7673
7674 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
7675
7676 CHANGES WITH 212:
7677
7678 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
7679 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
7680 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
7681 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
7682 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
7683 by accident.
7684
7685 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
7686 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
7687 registered with machined.
7688
7689 * sd-login gained new calls
7690 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
7691 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
7692 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
7693 counterparts.
7694
7695 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
7696 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
7697 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
7698 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
7699 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
7700 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
7701 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
7702 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
7703 once.
7704
7705 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
7706 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
7707 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
7708
7709 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
7710 units on all local containers, when used with the
7711 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
7712 executed when no parameters are specified).
7713
7714 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
7715 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
7716 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
7717 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
7718
7719 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
7720 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
7721 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
7722 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
7723 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
7724 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
7725
7726 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
7727 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
7728 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
7729 of the container.
7730
7731 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
7732 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
7733 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
7734 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
7735 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
7736 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
7737 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
7738 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
7739
7740 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
7741 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
7742 instead of /.
7743
7744 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
7745 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
7746 emergency messages now.
7747
7748 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
7749 journal log messages across the network.
7750
7751 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
7752 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
7753 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
7754 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
7755 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
7756 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
7757 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
7758
7759 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
7760 down a local OS container.
7761
7762 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
7763 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
7764 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
7765
7766 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
7767 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
7768 this is appropriate.
7769
7770 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
7771 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
7772 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
7773
7774 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
7775 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
7776 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
7777 for debugging purposes.
7778
7779 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
7780 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
7781 in seconds.
7782
7783 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
7784 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
7785 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
7786 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
7787 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
7788 like on traditional inetd.
7789
7790 * A new system.conf configuration option
7791 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
7792 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
7793
7794 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
7795 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
7796 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
7797 do these days).
7798
7799 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
7800 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
7801 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
7802 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
7803 could not take place because the system was powered off.
7804 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
7805
7806 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
7807 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
7808 it will be triggered.
7809
7810 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
7811 addresses to its local interfaces.
7812
7813 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
7814 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
7815 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
7816 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
7817 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
7818 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
7819 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
7820 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
7821 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7822
7823 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
7824
7825 CHANGES WITH 211:
7826
7827 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
7828 added to restrict which socket address families unit
7829 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
7830 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
7831 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
7832 is built on seccomp system call filters.
7833
7834 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
7835 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
7836 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
7837 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
7838 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
7839 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
7840 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
7841 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
7842 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
7843
7844 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
7845 matching against device group names.
7846
7847 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
7848 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
7849 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
7850 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
7851 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
7852 though.
7853
7854 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
7855 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
7856 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
7857 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
7858 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
7859 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
7860 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
7861 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
7862 systems prepared appropriately.
7863
7864 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
7865 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
7866 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
7867 (see above). This means that installations made with
7868 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
7869 deployed using container managers, completely
7870 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
7871 this feature soon, too.)
7872
7873 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
7874 set up a private macvlan interface for the
7875 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
7876 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
7877
7878 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
7879 using IPv4LL.
7880
7881 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
7882 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
7883 systemd-networkd.
7884
7885 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
7886 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
7887 still not a public API though (unless you specify
7888 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
7889 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
7890
7891 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
7892 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
7893 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
7894 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
7895 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
7896 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
7897 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
7898 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
7899 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
7900 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
7901 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
7902 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
7903 users.
7904
7905 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
7906 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
7907 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
7908 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
7909 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
7910 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
7911 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
7912 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
7913 due to a closed lid.
7914
7915 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
7916 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
7917 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
7918 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
7919 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
7920 order to then act as suspend blocker.
7921
7922 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
7923 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
7924 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
7925 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
7926 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
7927
7928 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
7929 now also work in --scope mode.
7930
7931 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
7932 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
7933 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
7934 promises are made.)
7935
7936 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
7937 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
7938 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
7939 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
7940 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
7941 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
7942 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
7943 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
7944 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
7945 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7946
7947 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
7948
7949 CHANGES WITH 210:
7950
7951 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
7952 according to SMACK rules.
7953
7954 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
7955 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
7956
7957 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
7958 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
7959 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
7960
7961 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
7962 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, hostname
7963 and machine ID.
7964
7965 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
7966 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
7967 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
7968 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
7969 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
7970 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
7971 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
7972 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
7973 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
7974 backpack or similar.
7975
7976 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
7977 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
7978 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
7979 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
7980 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
7981 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
7982 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
7983 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
7984 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
7985 this on its own.
7986
7987 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
7988 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
7989 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
7990 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
7991
7992 * We will now ship a default .network file for
7993 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
7994 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
7995 --network-bridge= switches.
7996
7997 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
7998 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
7999 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
8000 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
8001 metrics, according to what is customary according to
8002 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
8003 each configuration option.
8004
8005 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
8006 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
8007 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
8008 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
8009 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
8010
8011 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
8012 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
8013 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
8014 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
8015 triggered by other work being done in the program.
8016
8017 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
8018 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
8019 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
8020 default however.
8021
8022 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
8023 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
8024 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
8025 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
8026 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
8027 them with systemd-networkd.
8028
8029 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
8030 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
8031 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
8032 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
8033 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
8034 is drastically increased, but given that these are
8035 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
8036 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
8037 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
8038 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
8039 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
8040 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
8041 during a transitional period!
8042
8043 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
8044 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
8045
8046 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
8047 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
8048 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
8049 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
8050 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
8051 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
8052 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
8053 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8054
8055 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
8056
8057 CHANGES WITH 209:
8058
8059 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
8060 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
8061 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
8062 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
8063 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
8064 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
8065 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
8066 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
8067 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
8068 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
8069 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
8070 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
8071
8072 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
8073 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
8074 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
8075 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
8076 machines and the like.
8077
8078 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
8079 shutdown/boot.
8080
8081 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
8082 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
8083
8084 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
8085 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
8086 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
8087 prepared for additional security frameworks.
8088
8089 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
8090 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
8091 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
8092 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
8093 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
8094 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
8095
8096 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
8097 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
8098 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
8099 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
8100 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
8101 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
8102 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
8103 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
8104 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
8105
8106 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
8107 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
8108
8109 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
8110 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
8111 implementation.
8112
8113 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
8114 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
8115 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
8116 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
8117 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
8118 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
8119 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
8120 and .service units.
8121
8122 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
8123 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
8124 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
8125
8126 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
8127 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
8128 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
8129 nothing makes use of it.
8130
8131 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
8132 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
8133 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
8134
8135 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
8136 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
8137 compatibility purposes.
8138
8139 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
8140 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
8141 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
8142 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
8143 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
8144 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
8145 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
8146 process handling.
8147
8148 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
8149 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
8150 style to "sd-bus.h".
8151
8152 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
8153 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
8154 "systemd-networkd".
8155
8156 * There is a new kernel command line option
8157 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
8158 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
8159 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
8160 are not restored.
8161
8162 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
8163 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
8164 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
8165 PID1's support for that anymore.
8166
8167 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
8168 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
8169
8170 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
8171 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
8172 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
8173 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
8174 container that is registered with machined, such as those
8175 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
8176
8177 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
8178 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
8179 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
8180 onto remote systems.
8181
8182 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
8183 login in any local container. This works with any container
8184 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
8185 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
8186
8187 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
8188 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
8189 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
8190 system of some kind.
8191
8192 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
8193 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
8194 next.
8195
8196 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
8197 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
8198 reboot() system call.
8199
8200 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
8201 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
8202 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
8203 still available but not advertised anymore.
8204
8205 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
8206 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
8207 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
8208 within each Unit.
8209
8210 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
8211 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
8212 the kernel).
8213
8214 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
8215 timestamps (following the setting in
8216 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
8217
8218 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
8219 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
8220
8221 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
8222 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
8223
8224 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
8225 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
8226 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
8227
8228 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
8229 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
8230 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
8231 the full configuration is shown.
8232
8233 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
8234 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
8235 those commands which take multiple unit names.
8236
8237 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
8238
8239 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
8240 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
8241
8242 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
8243 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
8244 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
8245 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
8246
8247 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
8248 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
8249 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
8250 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
8251
8252 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
8253 of the legend text.
8254
8255 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
8256 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
8257 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
8258 remote sessions.
8259
8260 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
8261 information of SDIO devices.
8262
8263 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
8264 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
8265 the system manager.
8266
8267 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
8268 short description of the connection parameters in the
8269 description.
8270
8271 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
8272 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
8273 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
8274 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
8275 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
8276 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
8277 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
8278
8279 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
8280 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS hostname resolution
8281 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
8282 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
8283 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
8284 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
8285 hostname resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
8286 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
8287 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
8288
8289 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
8290 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
8291 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
8292 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
8293 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
8294 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
8295 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
8296 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
8297 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
8298 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
8299 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
8300 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
8301 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
8302 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
8303 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
8304 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
8305 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
8306 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
8307 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
8308 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
8309 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
8310 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
8311 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
8312
8313 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
8314 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
8315 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
8316 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
8317 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
8318 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
8319 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
8320 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
8321 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
8322 that you are aware of the instability of the current
8323 APIs.
8324
8325 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
8326 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
8327 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
8328 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
8329 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
8330 declare the APIs stable.
8331
8332 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
8333 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
8334 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
8335 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
8336 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
8337 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
8338 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
8339 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
8340 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
8341 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
8342 one of them is updated.
8343
8344 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
8345 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
8346 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
8347 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
8348 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
8349
8350 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
8351 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
8352 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
8353 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
8354 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
8355 entry points.
8356
8357 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
8358 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
8359 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
8360 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
8361 been disabled at compile-time.
8362
8363 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
8364 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
8365 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
8366 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
8367
8368 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
8369 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
8370 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
8371
8372 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
8373 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
8374 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
8375
8376 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
8377 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
8378 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
8379
8380 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
8381 remains until jobs expire.
8382
8383 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
8384 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
8385 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
8386 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
8387 all remaining processes of the service.
8388
8389 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
8390 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
8391 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
8392 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
8393 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
8394 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
8395 manager process which created them takes no further
8396 responsibilities for it.
8397
8398 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
8399 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
8400 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
8401 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
8402 marked executable or world-writable.
8403
8404 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
8405 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
8406 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
8407 "--setenv=" for consistency.
8408
8409 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
8410 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
8411 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
8412 independent of the host.
8413
8414 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
8415 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
8416 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
8417 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
8418
8419 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
8420 with specific SELinux labels set.
8421
8422 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
8423 any additional output but the container's own console
8424 output.
8425
8426 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
8427 container without PID namespacing enabled.
8428
8429 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
8430 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
8431 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
8432 OS images, but only specific apps.
8433
8434 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
8435 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
8436 results in registration of the unit service itself in
8437 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
8438
8439 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
8440 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
8441 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
8442 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
8443 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
8444 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
8445
8446 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
8447 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
8448 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
8449 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
8450 units to use.
8451
8452 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
8453 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
8454 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
8455 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
8456
8457 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
8458 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
8459 context for a service.
8460
8461 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
8462 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
8463 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
8464 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
8465 influence this logic.
8466
8467 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
8468 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
8469 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
8470 other things.
8471
8472 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
8473 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
8474 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
8475 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
8476 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
8477 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
8478 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
8479 architectures). There is also a global
8480 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
8481 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
8482
8483 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
8484 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
8485
8486 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
8487 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
8488 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
8489 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
8490 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
8491 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
8492 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
8493 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
8494 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
8495 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
8496 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
8497 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
8498 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8499 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
8500 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
8501 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
8502 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
8503 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
8504 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
8505 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
8506 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
8507 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
8508 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
8509 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8510
8511 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
8512
8513 CHANGES WITH 208:
8514
8515 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
8516 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
8517 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
8518 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
8519 access input and drm devices which are normally
8520 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
8521 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
8522 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
8523 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
8524 session switching without allowing background sessions to
8525 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
8526 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
8527 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
8528
8529 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
8530 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
8531 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
8532
8533 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
8534 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
8535 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
8536 kernel version number.
8537
8538 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
8539 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
8540 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
8541
8542 * This release removes high-level support for the
8543 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
8544 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
8545 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
8546 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
8547
8548 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
8549 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
8550 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
8551 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
8552 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
8553 cgroup system.
8554
8555 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
8556 messages containing the slice a message was generated
8557 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
8558 logs among other things.
8559
8560 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
8561 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
8562 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
8563 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
8564 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
8565 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
8566 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
8567 journald which would be necessary to resolve
8568 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
8569 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
8570 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
8571 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
8572 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
8573 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
8574 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
8575 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
8576 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
8577 not delayed until next reboot.
8578
8579 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
8580 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
8581 systemd generated files in one directory.
8582
8583 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
8584 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
8585 performance information if that's available to determine how
8586 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
8587 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
8588 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
8589
8590 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
8591 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
8592 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
8593 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8594 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
8595 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
8596 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8597
8598 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
8599
8600 CHANGES WITH 207:
8601
8602 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
8603 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
8604 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
8605 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
8606
8607 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
8608 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
8609 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
8610 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
8611 specified on the kernel command line less important.
8612
8613 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
8614 retrieve the VT number of a session.
8615
8616 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
8617 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
8618 maximum number of tries.
8619
8620 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
8621 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
8622 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
8623
8624 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
8625 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
8626
8627 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
8628 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
8629 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
8630
8631 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
8632 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
8633 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
8634
8635 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
8636 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
8637 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
8638 and type).
8639
8640 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
8641 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
8642
8643 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
8644 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
8645 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
8646 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
8647
8648 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
8649 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
8650 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
8651 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
8652 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
8653 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
8654 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
8655 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
8656
8657 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
8658 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
8659 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
8660 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
8661
8662 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
8663 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
8664 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
8665 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
8666 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
8667 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
8668 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
8669
8670 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
8671 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
8672
8673 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
8674 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
8675 automatically after the process terminated.
8676
8677 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
8678 certain paths from operation.
8679
8680 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
8681 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
8682 is received.
8683
8684 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
8685 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
8686 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
8687 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
8688 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
8689 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
8690 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
8691 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
8692 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
8693 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
8694 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
8695 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
8696 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8697
8698 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
8699
8700 CHANGES WITH 206:
8701
8702 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
8703 concepts introduced with 205.
8704
8705 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
8706 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
8707 -r".
8708
8709 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
8710 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
8711 --state= parameter.
8712
8713 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
8714 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
8715 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
8716 the journal.
8717
8718 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
8719 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
8720 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
8721
8722 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
8723 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
8724 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
8725 browsing logs from that point on.
8726
8727 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
8728 of an FSS key.
8729
8730 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
8731 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
8732 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
8733 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
8734 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
8735 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
8736 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
8737 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
8738 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
8739 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
8740 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
8741 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
8742 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
8743 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
8744
8745 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
8746 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
8747 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
8748 backing module right-away.
8749
8750 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
8751 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
8752
8753 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
8754 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
8755
8756 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
8757 set of processes in the message metadata.
8758
8759 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
8760
8761 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
8762 support for passing performance data via environment
8763 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
8764 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
8765 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
8766 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
8767 deserialize it again.
8768
8769 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
8770 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
8771 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
8772 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
8773
8774 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
8775 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
8776 completely silent shutdown when used.
8777
8778 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
8779 option in .socket units.
8780
8781 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
8782 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
8783 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
8784 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
8785 system.slice as before.
8786
8787 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
8788
8789 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
8790 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
8791 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8792 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
8793 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
8794 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
8795 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8796
8797 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
8798
8799 CHANGES WITH 205:
8800
8801 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
8802
8803 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
8804 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
8805 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
8806 possible for system services and applications to group their
8807 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
8808 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
8809 together, or apply resource limits on them.
8810
8811 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
8812 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
8813 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
8814 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
8815 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
8816
8817 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
8818 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
8819 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
8820 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
8821
8822 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
8823 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
8824 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
8825 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
8826 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
8827 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
8828 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
8829 and useful as a general batch manager.
8830
8831 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
8832 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
8833 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
8834 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
8835 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
8836 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
8837 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
8838 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
8839 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
8840 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
8841
8842 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
8843 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
8844 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
8845 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
8846 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
8847 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
8848 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
8849 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
8850 is compile-time optional.
8851
8852 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
8853 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
8854 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
8855 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
8856 well as slice units.
8857
8858 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
8859 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
8860 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
8861 but will be extended later on to make more properties
8862 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
8863 command that wraps this call.
8864
8865 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
8866 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
8867 while configuring a number of settings via the command
8868 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
8869 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
8870 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
8871 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
8872
8873 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
8874 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
8875 off audit.
8876
8877 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
8878 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
8879
8880 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
8881 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
8882 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
8883 and system logs.
8884
8885 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
8886 snippets extending unit files.
8887
8888 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
8889 not available as public API.
8890
8891 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
8892 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
8893 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
8894
8895 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
8896 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
8897 controls what to boot into by default.
8898
8899 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
8900 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
8901
8902 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
8903 generators needed for execution, as well as information
8904 about the unit file loading.
8905
8906 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
8907 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
8908 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
8909 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
8910 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
8911 racy due to journal file rotation.
8912
8913 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
8914 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
8915 all services.
8916
8917 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
8918 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
8919 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
8920 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
8921 system services want to log events about specific client
8922 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
8923 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
8924 unit is requested.
8925
8926 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
8927 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
8928 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
8929 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
8930 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
8931 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8932 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
8933 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
8934 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
8935 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
8936 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
8937 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
8938 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
8939
8940 CHANGES WITH 204:
8941
8942 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
8943 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
8944
8945 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
8946 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
8947 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
8948
8949 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
8950 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8951
8952 CHANGES WITH 203:
8953
8954 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
8955 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
8956
8957 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
8958 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
8959 fields, including the root directory.
8960
8961 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
8962 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
8963 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
8964 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
8965 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
8966 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
8967 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
8968 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
8969 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
8970 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
8971 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
8972
8973 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
8974 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
8975
8976 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
8977 have taken an inhibitor lock.
8978
8979 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
8980 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
8981 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
8982 the local hostname.
8983
8984 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
8985 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
8986 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
8987 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
8988 VMs/containers coming and going.
8989
8990 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
8991 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
8992 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
8993
8994 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
8995 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
8996 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
8997 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
8998
8999 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
9000 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
9001 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
9002
9003 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
9004 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
9005 services. With the container's root directory in
9006 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
9007 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
9008
9009 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
9010 the processes within a certain container.
9011
9012 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
9013 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
9014 check though. Patches welcome!
9015
9016 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
9017 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
9018 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
9019 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
9020 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
9021
9022 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
9023 the passed argument if applicable.
9024
9025 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
9026 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
9027 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
9028 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
9029 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
9030 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
9031 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
9032 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9033
9034 CHANGES WITH 202:
9035
9036 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
9037 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
9038 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
9039 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
9040 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
9041 units activate.
9042
9043 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
9044 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
9045 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
9046 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
9047 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
9048 for now, and not installable.
9049
9050 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
9051 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
9052 can run in conjunction with udev.
9053
9054 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
9055 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
9056 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
9057 session manager.
9058
9059 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
9060 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
9061 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
9062 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
9063 services, user processes and containers/virtual
9064 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
9065 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
9066 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
9067 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
9068 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
9069 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
9070
9071 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
9072
9073 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
9074 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
9075 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
9076 logical expressions.
9077
9078 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
9079 switches.
9080
9081 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
9082 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
9083 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
9084 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
9085 the user.
9086
9087 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
9088 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
9089 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
9090 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
9091 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
9092 an entry.
9093
9094 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
9095 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9096 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
9097 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
9098 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
9099 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9100
9101 CHANGES WITH 201:
9102
9103 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
9104 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
9105 directory.
9106
9107 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
9108 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
9109 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
9110 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
9111 problem.
9112
9113 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
9114 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
9115 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
9116 before the key file is attempted to be read.
9117
9118 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
9119 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
9120
9121 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
9122 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
9123 files in this context are files such as
9124 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
9125
9126 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
9127 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
9128 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
9129 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
9130 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
9131 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
9132
9133 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
9134 hostnames.
9135
9136 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
9137 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
9138 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
9139 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
9140 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
9141 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
9142 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
9143 all time-related output of systemd.
9144
9145 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
9146 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
9147 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
9148 loops.
9149
9150 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
9151 (models, layouts, variants, options).
9152
9153 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
9154 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
9155 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
9156 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
9157 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
9158
9159 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
9160 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
9161 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
9162 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
9163 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
9164 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
9165 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
9166
9167 CHANGES WITH 200:
9168
9169 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
9170 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
9171 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
9172 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
9173 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
9174 middle ground between physical and access time order.
9175
9176 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
9177 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
9178 images.
9179
9180 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
9181 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
9182 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9183
9184 CHANGES WITH 199:
9185
9186 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
9187
9188 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
9189 security policy.
9190
9191 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
9192 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
9193 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
9194 shared by all processes of a service (which means
9195 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
9196 the same service can still access). When a service is
9197 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
9198 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
9199 this though).
9200
9201 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
9202 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
9203 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
9204 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
9205 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
9206 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
9207
9208 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
9209 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
9210
9211 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
9212 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
9213
9214 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
9215
9216 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
9217 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
9218 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
9219 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
9220 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
9221
9222 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
9223 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
9224 system is to be mounted.
9225
9226 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
9227 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
9228 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
9229 purpose for socket units.
9230
9231 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
9232 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
9233
9234 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
9235 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
9236 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
9237 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
9238 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
9239
9240 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
9241 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
9242 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
9243 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
9244 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
9245 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
9246 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
9247 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
9248 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9249
9250 CHANGES WITH 198:
9251
9252 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
9253 files without having to edit/override the unit files
9254 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
9255 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
9256 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
9257 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
9258 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
9259 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
9260 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
9261 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
9262 unit files locally: copying the files from
9263 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
9264 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
9265 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
9266 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
9267 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
9268 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
9269 for them too.
9270
9271 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
9272 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
9273 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
9274 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
9275 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
9276 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
9277 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
9278 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
9279 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
9280
9281 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
9282 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
9283
9284 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
9285 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
9286 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
9287 other users.
9288
9289 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
9290 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
9291 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
9292 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
9293 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
9294 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
9295 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
9296 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
9297 management logic is also available to other programs via the
9298 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
9299 supported.
9300
9301 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
9302 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
9303 the foreground VT.
9304
9305 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
9306 call.
9307
9308 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
9309 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
9310 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
9311 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
9312 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
9313 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
9314 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
9315 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
9316 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
9317 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
9318 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
9319 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
9320 also been removed.
9321
9322 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
9323 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
9324 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
9325 objects themselves.
9326
9327 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
9328
9329 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
9330 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
9331 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
9332 to how this is supported in shells.
9333
9334 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
9335 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
9336 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
9337 user systemd instance.
9338
9339 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
9340 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
9341 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
9342 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
9343 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
9344 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
9345 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
9346 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
9347 one day for good in the kernel.
9348
9349 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
9350 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
9351 container.
9352
9353 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
9354 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
9355 the host into the container.
9356
9357 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
9358 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
9359 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
9360 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
9361 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
9362 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
9363
9364 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
9365
9366 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
9367 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
9368 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
9369 configured to be mounted there.
9370
9371 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
9372 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
9373 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
9374 system resume events.
9375
9376 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
9377 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
9378 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
9379 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
9380
9381 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
9382 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
9383 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
9384 card).
9385
9386 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
9387 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
9388 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
9389
9390 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
9391 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
9392 later "change" event.
9393
9394 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
9395 now carry a message ID.
9396
9397 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
9398 continues to be work in progress.
9399
9400 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
9401 root directory to operate relative to.
9402
9403 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
9404 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
9405 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
9406 times a little.
9407
9408 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
9409 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
9410 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
9411 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
9412 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
9413 request boot into firmware operations.
9414
9415 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
9416 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
9417 correctly in initrds.
9418
9419 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
9420 compile time optional via a configure switch.
9421
9422 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
9423 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
9424
9425 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
9426 the status of all active or failed units.
9427
9428 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
9429 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
9430 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
9431 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
9432 requests more robust.
9433
9434 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
9435 reading journal files.
9436
9437 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
9438 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
9439
9440 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
9441
9442 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
9443 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
9444
9445 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
9446 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
9447 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
9448 socket activation in daemons.
9449
9450 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
9451 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
9452
9453 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
9454 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
9455 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
9456
9457 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
9458 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
9459 system units.
9460
9461 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
9462 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
9463 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
9464
9465 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
9466 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
9467 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
9468 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
9469 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
9470 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
9471 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
9472 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
9473 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
9474 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
9475 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
9476 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
9477 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
9478 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
9479 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
9480 package installation time.
9481
9482 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
9483 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
9484 scripts need to create these system user/group at
9485 installation time.
9486
9487 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
9488 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
9489
9490 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
9491
9492 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
9493 available.
9494
9495 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
9496 load SMACK policies at early boot.
9497
9498 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
9499 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
9500 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
9501 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
9502 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
9503 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
9504 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
9505 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
9506 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
9507 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
9508 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
9509 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
9510 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
9511 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
9512
9513 CHANGES WITH 197:
9514
9515 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
9516 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
9517 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
9518 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
9519 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
9520 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
9521 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
9522 the supported calendar time specification language see
9523 systemd.time(7).
9524
9525 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
9526 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
9527 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
9528 document for details:
9529
9530 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
9531
9532 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
9533 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
9534 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
9535 implementations around and minimal in its code and
9536 dependencies.
9537
9538 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
9539 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
9540 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
9541 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
9542 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
9543 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
9544 with a configure switch.
9545
9546 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
9547 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
9548 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
9549 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
9550 such as ext4.
9551
9552 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
9553 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
9554 identities are attached to the devices as well.
9555
9556 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
9557 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
9558
9559 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
9560 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
9561 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
9562 using only core OS tools.
9563
9564 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
9565 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
9566 implementation of socket activated nspawn
9567 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
9568 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
9569 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
9570 eventually.
9571
9572 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
9573 presenting log data.
9574
9575 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
9576 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
9577
9578 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
9579 system on idle.
9580
9581 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
9582 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
9583 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
9584 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
9585 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
9586 information if possible.
9587
9588 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
9589 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
9590 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
9591
9592 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
9593 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
9594 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
9595 is running on battery power.
9596
9597 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
9598 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
9599 is in the "failed" state.
9600
9601 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
9602 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
9603 environment files at once.
9604
9605 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
9606 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
9607 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
9608 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
9609 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
9610 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
9611 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
9612 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
9613 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
9614 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
9615 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
9616 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
9617 pieces of code locally from the git history.
9618
9619 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
9620 log the unit name in the message meta data.
9621
9622 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
9623 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
9624
9625 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
9626 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
9627 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
9628 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
9629 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
9630 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
9631 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
9632 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
9633 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
9634 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
9635 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
9636 shipped from us upstream.
9637
9638 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
9639 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
9640 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
9641 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
9642 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9643 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
9644 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
9645 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
9646 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
9647 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
9648 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
9649 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
9650 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9651
9652 CHANGES WITH 196:
9653
9654 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
9655 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
9656 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
9657 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
9658 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
9659 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
9660 becoming the one central database for non-essential
9661 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
9662 database was only attached to select devices, since the
9663 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
9664 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
9665 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
9666 data for all devices where this is available, by
9667 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
9668 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
9669 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
9670 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
9671 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
9672 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
9673
9674 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
9675 indexed database to link up additional information with
9676 journal entries. For further details please check:
9677
9678 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
9679
9680 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
9681 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
9682 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
9683 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
9684 macro for this purpose.
9685
9686 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
9687 Python logging framework.
9688
9689 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
9690 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
9691 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
9692 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
9693 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
9694 time intervals.
9695
9696 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
9697 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
9698 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
9699
9700 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
9701 right-away on the selected coredump.
9702
9703 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
9704 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
9705 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
9706
9707 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
9708 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
9709 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
9710 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
9711
9712 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
9713 default.
9714
9715 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
9716 SMACK security label.
9717
9718 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
9719 daylight saving change.
9720
9721 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
9722 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
9723 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
9724 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
9725 distributions who still need support this to either continue
9726 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
9727 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
9728
9729 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
9730 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
9731 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
9732 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
9733 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
9734 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
9735 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
9736
9737 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
9738 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
9739
9740 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
9741 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
9742 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
9743 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
9744 offline updating tools.
9745
9746 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
9747 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
9748 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
9749 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
9750 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
9751 directories for packages to place various data files in.
9752
9753 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
9754 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
9755
9756 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
9757 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
9758 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
9759 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
9760 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
9761 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
9762 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
9763 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
9764 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9765
9766 CHANGES WITH 195:
9767
9768 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
9769 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
9770 units via --unit=/-u.
9771
9772 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
9773 right thing.
9774
9775 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
9776 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
9777 rotation.
9778
9779 * The journal will now index the available field values for
9780 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
9781 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
9782 completion of journalctl has been updated
9783 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
9784 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
9785
9786 * More service events are now written as structured messages
9787 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
9788
9789 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
9790 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
9791 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
9792 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
9793 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
9794 these settings from the command line now, especially since
9795 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
9796 completion.
9797
9798 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
9799 extract coredumps from the journal.
9800
9801 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
9802 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
9803 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
9804 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
9805 scratch their heads.
9806
9807 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
9808 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
9809
9810 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
9811 in immediate termination of systemd.
9812
9813 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
9814 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
9815
9816 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
9817 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
9818 mouse screen support has been added.
9819
9820 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
9821 Server-Sent-Events as output.
9822
9823 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
9824 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
9825 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
9826 "systemctl reload".
9827
9828 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
9829 -u" instead.
9830
9831 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
9832 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
9833 configured.
9834
9835 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
9836 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
9837
9838 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
9839 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
9840 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
9841 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
9842 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
9843 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
9844 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
9845
9846 CHANGES WITH 194:
9847
9848 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
9849 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
9850 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
9851 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
9852 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
9853 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
9854 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
9855 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
9856 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
9857 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
9858 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
9859 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
9860
9861 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
9862 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
9863 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9864
9865 CHANGES WITH 193:
9866
9867 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
9868 starting from the specified location in the journal.
9869
9870 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
9871 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
9872 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
9873
9874 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
9875 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
9876 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
9877 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
9878 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
9879 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
9880 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
9881
9882 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
9883 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
9884
9885 This will download the journal contents in a
9886 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
9887
9888 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
9889
9890 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
9891 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
9892 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
9893 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
9894 screenshot of this app in its current state:
9895
9896 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
9897
9898 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
9899 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
9900
9901 CHANGES WITH 192:
9902
9903 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
9904 too.
9905
9906 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
9907 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
9908 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
9909 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
9910 just start them.
9911
9912 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
9913 and line break accordingly.
9914
9915 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9916 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
9917
9918 CHANGES WITH 191:
9919
9920 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
9921 container environment, copying the host's timezone
9922 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
9923 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
9924 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
9925
9926 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
9927 will default to 10 if omitted.
9928
9929 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
9930 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
9931 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
9932 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
9933 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
9934
9935 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
9936 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
9937 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
9938 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
9939 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
9940 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
9941 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
9942
9943 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
9944 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
9945 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
9946 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
9947 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
9948 into two.
9949
9950 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
9951 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
9952
9953 CHANGES WITH 190:
9954
9955 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
9956 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
9957 "systemctl status".
9958
9959 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
9960 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
9961 system to another place in the same file system could not be
9962 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
9963 field.)
9964
9965 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
9966 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
9967 default.
9968
9969 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
9970 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
9971 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
9972 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
9973 in a container.
9974
9975 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
9976 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
9977 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
9978 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
9979 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
9980 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
9981
9982 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
9983 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
9984 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
9985 no-op.
9986
9987 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
9988 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
9989 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
9990 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
9991 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
9992
9993 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
9994 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
9995
9996 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
9997 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
9998 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
9999 command.
10000
10001 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
10002 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
10003 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
10004
10005 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
10006
10007 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
10008 multiple files at once.
10009
10010 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
10011 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
10012 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
10013 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
10014 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
10015 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
10016 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
10017
10018 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
10019 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
10020 now support specifiers as well.
10021
10022 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
10023 dir: %_presetdir.
10024
10025 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
10026 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
10027
10028 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
10029 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
10030 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
10031 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
10032 anymore.
10033
10034 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
10035 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
10036 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
10037 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
10038
10039 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
10040 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
10041 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
10042
10043 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
10044 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
10045 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
10046 sockets.
10047
10048 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
10049 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
10050 is changed.
10051
10052 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
10053 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
10054 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
10055 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
10056 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
10057 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
10058 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
10059
10060 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
10061
10062 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
10063 the unit file label and client process label into account.
10064
10065 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
10066 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
10067
10068 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
10069 for the hostname (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
10070 (%b).
10071
10072 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
10073 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
10074 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10075 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
10076 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
10077 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
10078 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10079
10080 CHANGES WITH 189:
10081
10082 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
10083 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
10084
10085 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
10086 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
10087 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
10088 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
10089 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
10090 syslog daemons again.
10091
10092 * The libudev API gained the new
10093 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
10094
10095 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
10096 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
10097 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
10098 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
10099
10100 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
10101 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
10102 container.
10103
10104 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
10105 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
10106 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
10107 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
10108 this explaining it in more detail.
10109
10110 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
10111 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
10112 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
10113 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
10114
10115 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
10116 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
10117 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
10118 journal files.
10119
10120 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
10121 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
10122 as container init process a lot more fun.
10123
10124 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
10125 entries.
10126
10127 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
10128 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
10129 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
10130 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
10131 different sets of services.
10132
10133 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
10134 failure state.
10135
10136 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
10137 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
10138 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10139
10140 CHANGES WITH 188:
10141
10142 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
10143 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
10144 tree a lot more organized.
10145
10146 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
10147 may be used to group services in a natural way.
10148
10149 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
10150 services.
10151
10152 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
10153 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
10154 filtering by log level now.
10155
10156 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
10157 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
10158 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
10159
10160 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
10161 command lines involving service unit names.
10162
10163 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
10164 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
10165
10166 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
10167 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
10168 and encodes structured information about the error number.
10169
10170 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
10171 option.
10172
10173 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
10174 a shutdown is cancelled.
10175
10176 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
10177 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
10178 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
10179 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
10180 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
10181
10182 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
10183 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
10184 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
10185 for display managers instead.
10186
10187 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
10188 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
10189 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
10190 protection, and suchlike.
10191
10192 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
10193 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
10194 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
10195 the service.
10196
10197 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
10198 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
10199 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
10200 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
10201 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
10202 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10203
10204 CHANGES WITH 187:
10205
10206 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
10207 pages.
10208
10209 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
10210 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
10211 data loss.
10212
10213 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
10214 option.
10215
10216 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
10217
10218 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
10219 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
10220
10221 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
10222 specific directory.
10223
10224 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
10225 messages of two different boots.
10226
10227 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
10228 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
10229 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
10230
10231 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
10232 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
10233 disjunctions.
10234
10235 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
10236 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
10237 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
10238
10239 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
10240 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
10241 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
10242
10243 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
10244 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
10245 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
10246 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
10247 speed things up a bit.
10248
10249 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
10250 header data of journal files.
10251
10252 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
10253 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
10254 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
10255
10256 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
10257 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
10258 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
10259 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
10260
10261 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
10262
10263 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
10264 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
10265 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
10266 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10267
10268 CHANGES WITH 186:
10269
10270 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
10271 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
10272 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
10273 prefixed with rd.
10274
10275 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
10276 automatically generated at boot. Use:
10277
10278 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
10279
10280 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
10281
10282 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
10283
10284 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
10285 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
10286 as well.
10287
10288 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
10289 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
10290 in all appropriate directories automatically.
10291
10292 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
10293 does the right thing. Example:
10294
10295 udevadm info /dev/sda
10296 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
10297
10298 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
10299 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
10300 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
10301 running.
10302
10303 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
10304 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
10305
10306 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
10307 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
10308
10309 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
10310 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
10311 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
10312 files.
10313
10314 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
10315 be stopped that is not loaded.
10316
10317 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
10318
10319 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
10320
10321 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
10322 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
10323 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
10324 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
10325
10326 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
10327 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
10328 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
10329 completed initialization.
10330
10331 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
10332
10333 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
10334 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
10335 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
10336 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
10337 distributions.
10338
10339 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
10340 always valid when services log to the journal via
10341 STDOUT/STDERR.
10342
10343 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
10344 command line options we understand.
10345
10346 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
10347 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
10348
10349 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
10350 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
10351
10352 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
10353 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
10354 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
10355 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
10356
10357 systemctl status /home
10358 systemctl status /dev/sda
10359
10360 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
10361 system.conf parsing.
10362
10363 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
10364 Manager object.
10365
10366 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
10367
10368 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
10369
10370 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
10371 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
10372 complete.
10373
10374 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
10375 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
10376 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
10377 systemd-fsck@.service.
10378
10379 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
10380 Manager object.
10381
10382 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
10383 work sensibly.
10384
10385 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
10386 we actually understand.
10387
10388 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
10389 additional capabilities to the container.
10390
10391 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
10392 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
10393 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
10394
10395 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
10396 the current boot only.
10397
10398 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
10399 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
10400
10401 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
10402 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
10403 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
10404 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
10405 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
10406
10407 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
10408
10409 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
10410 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
10411 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
10412 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
10413
10414 CHANGES WITH 185:
10415
10416 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
10417 available.
10418
10419 * Several new man pages have been added.
10420
10421 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
10422 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
10423 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
10424 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
10425
10426 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
10427 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
10428
10429 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
10430 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
10431 Matthias Clasen
10432
10433 CHANGES WITH 184:
10434
10435 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
10436 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
10437
10438 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
10439 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
10440 daemon.
10441
10442 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
10443 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
10444
10445 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
10446 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
10447 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
10448 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
10449
10450 CHANGES WITH 183:
10451
10452 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
10453 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
10454 and systemd's most recent version number.
10455
10456 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
10457 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
10458 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
10459 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
10460 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
10461 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
10462
10463 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
10464 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
10465 subsystems.
10466
10467 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
10468 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
10469 used to subscribe to events.
10470
10471 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
10472 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
10473 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
10474 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
10475 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
10476 forked by udev rules.
10477
10478 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
10479 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
10480 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
10481 it.
10482
10483 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
10484 udev_monitor_from_socket()
10485 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
10486 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
10487 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
10488
10489 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
10490 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
10491
10492 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
10493 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
10494 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
10495 the files to the new names on upgrade.
10496
10497 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
10498 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
10499 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
10500 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
10501 to be used as drop-in files.
10502
10503 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
10504 particular suspending and hibernating.
10505
10506 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
10507 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
10508 about this in more detail.
10509
10510 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
10511 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
10512 places). Distributions which have not converted these
10513 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
10514 from git history and add them downstream.
10515
10516 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
10517 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
10518 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
10519 units.
10520
10521 * All smaller setup units (such as
10522 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
10523 are run in a container and are skipped when
10524 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
10525 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
10526
10527 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
10528 integrated, for details see:
10529 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
10530
10531 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
10532 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
10533 messages.
10534
10535 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
10536 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
10537 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
10538 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
10539 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
10540
10541 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
10542 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
10543 for all units started by PID 1.
10544
10545 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
10546 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
10547 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
10548
10549 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
10550 of PID 1 anymore.
10551
10552 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
10553 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
10554 have not been read by systemd yet.
10555
10556 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
10557 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
10558 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
10559 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
10560 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
10561 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
10562
10563 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
10564 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
10565
10566 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
10567
10568 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
10569 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
10570 so sexy.
10571
10572 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
10573 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
10574 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
10575 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
10576 patterns.
10577
10578 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
10579 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
10580 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
10581 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
10582
10583 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
10584 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
10585
10586 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
10587 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
10588 in systemd now.
10589
10590 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
10591 ID on the command line.
10592
10593 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
10594 for an init system.
10595
10596 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
10597 vt100.
10598
10599 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
10600
10601 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
10602 components now have directories of their own.
10603
10604 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
10605
10606 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
10607 container in other hierarchies.
10608
10609 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
10610 system.conf.
10611
10612 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
10613
10614 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
10615 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
10616
10617 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
10618 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
10619
10620 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
10621 locally generated journal files.
10622
10623 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
10624
10625 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
10626
10627 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
10628 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
10629 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
10630 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
10631 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
10632 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
10633 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
10634 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
10635 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
10636 Gundersen
10637
10638 CHANGES WITH 44:
10639
10640 * This is mostly a bugfix release
10641
10642 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
10643 KVM or container configured UUID.
10644
10645 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
10646
10647 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
10648
10649 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
10650 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
10651
10652 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
10653
10654 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
10655 folks
10656
10657 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
10658 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
10659 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
10660
10661 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
10662 configuration
10663
10664 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
10665 free fashion
10666
10667 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
10668 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
10669 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
10670 automatically generated data.
10671
10672 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
10673 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
10674 however.
10675
10676 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
10677 tarball.
10678
10679 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
10680 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
10681 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
10682 Reding
10683
10684 CHANGES WITH 43:
10685
10686 * This is mostly a bugfix release
10687
10688 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
10689
10690 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
10691
10692 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
10693 normal user logins.
10694
10695 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
10696 Biebl
10697
10698 CHANGES WITH 42:
10699
10700 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
10701
10702 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
10703 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
10704 xsltproc.
10705
10706 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
10707 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
10708 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
10709
10710 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
10711 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
10712 reboot can automatically be triggered.
10713
10714 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
10715
10716 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
10717 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
10718 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
10719
10720 CHANGES WITH 41:
10721
10722 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
10723 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
10724 package update.
10725
10726 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
10727 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
10728 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
10729
10730 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
10731 complete.
10732
10733 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
10734 understood to set system wide environment variables
10735 dynamically at boot.
10736
10737 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
10738
10739 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
10740 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
10741 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
10742 files.
10743
10744 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10745 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
10746 William Douglas
10747
10748 CHANGES WITH 40:
10749
10750 * This is mostly a bugfix release
10751
10752 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
10753 "Result" D-Bus property.
10754
10755 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
10756 the next few releases.)
10757
10758 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
10759 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
10760 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
10761 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
10762
10763 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
10764 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
10765 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
10766
10767 CHANGES WITH 39:
10768
10769 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
10770 bugfixes.
10771
10772 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
10773 resource usage.
10774
10775 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
10776 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
10777 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
10778 journals by the respective users.
10779
10780 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
10781 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
10782 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
10783
10784 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
10785 client for all entries.
10786
10787 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
10788
10789 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
10790 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
10791
10792 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
10793 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
10794 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
10795 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
10796
10797 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
10798 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
10799 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
10800
10801 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
10802 journal along with meta data.
10803
10804 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
10805 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
10806 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
10807
10808 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
10809 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
10810 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
10811
10812 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
10813
10814 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
10815 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
10816 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
10817 or fsck.
10818
10819 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
10820 requested with new -k switch.
10821
10822 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10823 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
10824
10825 CHANGES WITH 38:
10826
10827 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
10828 bugfixes.
10829
10830 * The git repository moved to:
10831 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
10832 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
10833
10834 * First release with the journal
10835 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
10836
10837 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
10838 systemd-stdout-bridge.
10839
10840 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
10841
10842 * Many systemadm clean-ups
10843
10844 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
10845 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
10846 remote mounts.
10847
10848 * Added Mageia support
10849
10850 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
10851
10852 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
10853 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
10854 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
10855 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
10856 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
10857
10858 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
10859 of existing distributions.
10860
10861 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
10862 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
10863
10864 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
10865 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
10866 boot.
10867
10868 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
10869
10870 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
10871 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
10872 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
10873 among other things.
10874
10875 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
10876 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
10877
10878 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
10879
10880 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
10881 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
10882 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
10883
10884 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
10885 restored.
10886
10887 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
10888 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
10889 kmod
10890
10891 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
10892 of /usr/local by default.
10893
10894 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
10895 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
10896 in:
10897 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
10898
10899 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
10900 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
10901 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
10902 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
10903 supported anyway, and bad style).
10904
10905 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
10906 reloading of units together.
10907
10908 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
10909 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
10910 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
10911 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
10912 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek